US20030158415A1 - Novel opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use - Google Patents
Novel opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20030158415A1 US20030158415A1 US10/266,774 US26677402A US2003158415A1 US 20030158415 A1 US20030158415 A1 US 20030158415A1 US 26677402 A US26677402 A US 26677402A US 2003158415 A1 US2003158415 A1 US 2003158415A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl group
- group
- compound
- hydroxyphenyl
- acid
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 *C1=CC=CC=C1/C=C/CN1CC[C@@](C)(C2=CC(O)=CC=C2)[C@@H](C)C1.*N1CC[C@@](C)(C2=CC(O)=CC=C2)[C@@H](C)C1.[H]N1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1C[C@@]1(C3=CC=CC(O)=C3)CCN(C)C[C@]1([H])C2.[H]N1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1[C@@H]1OC3=C(O)C=CC4=C3[C@@]13CCN(CC1CC1)C(C4)[C@]3(O)C2.[H]N1C2=C(C[C@@]3(O)C4CC5=C6C(=C(O)C=C5)O[C@@H]2[C@]63CCN4CC2CC2)C2=C1[C@@H]1O/C3=C(O)/C=C\C4=C3[C@@]13CCN(CC1CC1)C(C4)[C@]3(O)C2 Chemical compound *C1=CC=CC=C1/C=C/CN1CC[C@@](C)(C2=CC(O)=CC=C2)[C@@H](C)C1.*N1CC[C@@](C)(C2=CC(O)=CC=C2)[C@@H](C)C1.[H]N1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1C[C@@]1(C3=CC=CC(O)=C3)CCN(C)C[C@]1([H])C2.[H]N1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1[C@@H]1OC3=C(O)C=CC4=C3[C@@]13CCN(CC1CC1)C(C4)[C@]3(O)C2.[H]N1C2=C(C[C@@]3(O)C4CC5=C6C(=C(O)C=C5)O[C@@H]2[C@]63CCN4CC2CC2)C2=C1[C@@H]1O/C3=C(O)/C=C\C4=C3[C@@]13CCN(CC1CC1)C(C4)[C@]3(O)C2 0.000 description 16
- QBPZVYMMEAECLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC=CC=C1.C=C([RaH])C1=CC=CC=C1.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1.C=C([RaH])C1=CC=CC=C1.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1 QBPZVYMMEAECLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BOXRUELCJUEBJH-FBQMUFCQSA-N [H]N(C(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)[C@H](CN1CC[C@@](C)(C2=CC(O)=CC=C2)[C@@H](C)C1)C(C)C Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)[C@H](CN1CC[C@@](C)(C2=CC(O)=CC=C2)[C@@H](C)C1)C(C)C BOXRUELCJUEBJH-FBQMUFCQSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D221/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not provided for by groups C07D211/00 - C07D219/00
- C07D221/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not provided for by groups C07D211/00 - C07D219/00 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D221/22—Bridged ring systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
- C07D211/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms by oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/56—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D211/58—Nitrogen atoms attached in position 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D221/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not provided for by groups C07D211/00 - C07D219/00
- C07D221/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not provided for by groups C07D211/00 - C07D219/00 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D221/04—Ortho- or peri-condensed ring systems
- C07D221/06—Ring systems of three rings
- C07D221/08—Aza-anthracenes
Definitions
- the present invention relates to novel opioid receptor antagonists and agonists, methods of making these compounds, and methods of use.
- the opioid receptor system has been extensively studied over the past eight decades, driven primarily by a search for analgesics that do not possess the abuse potential associated with morphine. While these studies were unsuccessful, our understanding of the opioid system has increased tremendously. A significant breakthrough in our understanding of this system came about as a realization that the pharmacology of opioids is receptor based. From this vantage point, the focus of research turned to identifying receptor subtypes with the ultimate goal of assigning specific physiological function to individual receptors. Today, the receptor system is known to be composed of the three distinct subtypes OP 1 , OP 2 , and OP 3 (delta, kappa and mu), as each of these have been cloned and been shown to derive from three different chromosomes.
- the opioid receptor system has been extensively studied over the past eight decades driven primarily by a search for analgesics that do not possess the abuse potential associated with morphine. While this effort has been unsuccessful to date, recent studies have highlighted the delta opioid receptor system as holding the greatest potential for success. Principally, agonists acting through the delta opioid receptor have been shown to modulate pain while minimizing many of the side-effects associated with morphine which acts primarily at the mu opioid receptor. These unwanted side-effects include physical dependence, respiratory depression, and gastrointestinal motility problems. These findings have led to a dramatic increase in the research efforts directed toward the production of potent, highly delta receptor selective agonists. The bulk of this effort has been in discovering small molecules as opposed to peptides due to their enhanced stability in vivo and their ability to penetrate the central nervous system.
- N-substituted ( ⁇ )-trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine such as 6 and 7, are known to posses nonselective potent opioid pure antagonist activity.
- 12-16 Early investigations of the phenylpiperidine class of opioid antagonists identified the 3-methyl substituent and its trans relative relationship to the 4-substituent as being both necessary and sufficient to impart antagonist activity to the agonist 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine. 12 This feature distinguished the phenylpiperidines from the oxymorphones which rely on particular N-substituents (i.e. allyl, cyclopropylmethyl) for expression of opioid antagonist activity.
- opioid agonists Numerous structural types of opioid agonists have been discovered, and several such as methadone, meperidine, fentanyl, and pentazocine as well as others have become important drugs for the treatment of pain. 10 However, there are only a few structural types that show, potent, opioid pure antagonist activity. 10,7 A resurgence in heroin use in recent years coupled with the demonstrated effectiveness of opioid antagonists for the treatment of other substances of abuse has spurred new interest in the development of novel antagonists for opioid receptors. 16
- naloxone (8a) and naltrexone (8b), where the antagonist activity is dependent upon the N-substituent have received considerable attention over the past few decades.
- naloxone (8a) and naltrexone (8b) where the antagonist activity is dependent upon the N-substituent
- naloxone (8a) and naltrexone (8b) where the antagonist activity is dependent upon the N-substituent
- N-methyl analog 9a As well as many other N-substituted analogs such as 9b, 9c (LY255582), and 9d showed that the pure antagonist activity was dependent on the 3-methyl substituent and its trans relative relationship to the 4-methyl substituent on the piperidine ring and, unlike the oxymorphone class, was independent of the nature of the N-substituent. 7,16,17,6,13,14 Interestingly, the 3,4-dimethyl cis isomer 9e was found to be a mixed agonist-antagonist.
- piperidine ring compounds are found in many different classes of opioids. 27 If the internal nitrogen atom in compounds 11 or 12 is transposed with the benzylic carbon, piperidine ring analogs such as 13 would be obtained. Even though there are common structural elements between structures 11 or 12 and 13, the expected difference between in basicity between the piperidinyl amino group of 11 or 12 and the di-phenyl substituted amine of 13 is sufficient such that it cannot be predicted whether similarity to suggest that 13 would interact with opioid receptors similar to 11 or 12. It is also interesting to note that compound 13 has some structural elements in common with cis-3-methylfentanyl (14), 21,22 a non-classical opioid ligand selective for the mu opioid receptor. Accordingly, the preparation of compound 13 and related structures remains an important goal.
- R 1 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group
- R 2 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group
- R 3 is
- each X is, independently, halogen, —OH, —OR, an alkyl group, an aryl group, —NR, —NHR, —N(R) 2 , —CF 3 , —CN or —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NHR, or —C(O)N(R) 2 ;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkaryl group
- n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
- R a is hydrogen or an alkyl group.
- R 1 is an alkyl group or aralkyl group
- R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 are each, independently, hydrogen, an alkyl group, —OH, —NK, —NHR, —N(R) 2 , halogen, —OR, —CF 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , or —NHC(O)R;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group
- R 7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group.
- R 1 is an alkyl group or an aralkyl group
- R 2 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, ⁇ O, —NH 2 , —NHR, —N(R) 2 , —NHC(O)R, —NRC(O)R, —NHC(O)R 5 , or —NRC(O)R 5 ;
- R 3 and R 4 may be hydrogen or methyl, with the proviso that when Ps is methyl then R, is hydrogen and when R 3 is hydrogen then R 4 is methyl;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group
- each X is, independently, halogen, —OH, —OR, an alkyl group, an aryl group, —NJ %, —NHR, —N(R) 2 , —CF 3 , —CN, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NHR, or —C(O)N(R) 2 ;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group
- n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
- R a is hydrogen or an alkyl group.
- R a and R b are each, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl group, or R a and R b , together, form a cycloalkyl group;
- each X is, independently, an alkyl group
- ⁇ is a five- or six-membered aryl or heteroaryl group
- each Z is, independently, an alkyl group, —OH, —OR, halogen, —CF 3 , —CN, —NH 2 , —NHR, or —N(R) 2 ;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group
- each W is an alkyl group
- n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4;
- y is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
- z is 0 an integer from 1 to 8.
- R 5 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, or aralkyl group.
- FIG. 1 Synthesis of compounds represented by formula (II).
- FIG. 2 Synthesis of compounds represented by formula (III).
- A synthesis of compounds in which R 3 is methyl (9 ⁇ -compounds).
- B synthesis of compounds in which R 4 is methyl (4 ⁇ -compounds).
- FIG. 3 Retrosynthetic analysis for the synthesis of compounds represented by formula (IV).
- FIG. 4 Synthesis of compounds represented by formula (IV).
- FIG. 5 Synthesis of compounds (7) as described in Example 1.
- FIG. 6 Data from screening of library described in Example 1 at 100 nM against the kappa-selective ligand [ 3 H]U69,593 (percent inhibition).
- FIG. 7 Comparison of ratios of radioligand binding and GTP ⁇ S assays for compound 8, naltrexone, nor-BNI, 5d, and 5a-c described in Example 1, the N-trans-cinnamyl derivatives of 4b.
- the radioligand and GTP ⁇ S binding data for 5a-d were taken from ref. 9 cited in Example 1.
- FIG. 8 Synthesis of compounds (7) and (8) as described in Example 2.
- FIG. 9 Structural representation of (a) Naltrexone, (b) 3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine, and (c) 8a-methyl-4a-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-octahydrobenzo[e]isoquinoline (Example 2).
- FIG. 10 Structure of ( ⁇ )-[2-phenethyl-8a-methyl-4a-(3-hydroxymethyl)]octahydrobenzo[e]isoquinoline (8) HCl described in Example 2 by single crystal X-ray analysis.
- FIG. 11 Synthesis of compound (18) as described in Example 3.
- FIG. 12 Synthesis of compound (21) as described in Example 3.
- FIG. 13 Synthesis of compound (5c) as described in Example 4.
- FIG. 14 X-Ray structure of (5b) described in Example 4 drawn using the experimentally determined coordinates.
- FIG. 15 Conformational representation of naltrexone (1b), N-substituted 3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine, and 2-alkyl-9 ⁇ -5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan. These compounds are described in Example 4.
- FIG. 16 Synthesis of compound (17) as described in Example 5.
- FIG. 17 Synthesis of compound (3) as described in Example 6.
- FIG. 18 Synthesis of 4 ⁇ -5-phenylmorphans as described in Example 7.
- the present invention relates to a group of compounds that contain a piperidinyl, or a bridged piperidinyl group.
- the inventive compounds have been found to have a variety of different activities when bound to opioid receptors.
- R 1 is hydrogen, an alkyl group or an aralkyl group.
- alkyl group or “alkyl radical” encompass all structural isomers thereof, such as linear, branched and cyclic alkyl groups and moieties. Unless stated otherwise, all alkyl groups described herein may have 1 to 8 carbon atoms, inclusive of all specific values and subranges therebetween, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 carbon atoms.
- aralkyl group refers to an aryl moiety bonded to an alkyl radical. The aryl moiety may have 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The aryl moiety may contain only carbon and hydrogen atoms.
- the aryl moiety may contain heteroatoms, for example 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur).
- a particularly preferred aryl moiety is phenyl-.
- the alkyl radical of the aralkyl group may as described above when K is an alkyl group.
- the alkyl group or moiety and/or the aryl moiety may be substituted. Suitable substituents include halogens (F, Cl, Br and I), alkyl groups (e.g., C 1 -C 8 ), alkoxy groups (e.g., C 1 -C 8 alkoxy groups), —CF 3 , —CN, —NH 2 , —NHR, or —N(R) 2 .
- the R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R 1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl).
- an alkyl group such as described for R 1 in formula (I) above
- an aryl group such as phenyl
- an aralkyl group group such as benzyl
- the R groups may, together, form a cyclic alkyl group.
- Such a cyclic alkyl group may, preferably, contain 2 to 8 carbon atoms, with 4 or 5 carbon atoms particularly preferred.
- R 1 is unsubstituted.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 8 alkyl group or a C 6 -C 10 aryl-C 1 -C 8 -alkyl group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 4 alkyl group or a phenyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 3 alkyl group or a phenyl-C 1 -C 3 -alkyl group.
- R 1 is a methyl group, an isopropyl group, or a phenethyl group.
- R 2 in formula (I) may be hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkaryl group. Suitable alkyl and alkaryl groups are as described for R 1 above.
- the aryl group may be as described for the aryl moiety of R 1 above.
- R 2 is hydrogen.
- R 3 in formula (I) is one of the following groups:
- the phenyl ring may be unsubstituted (n is 0) or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 X groups, each X is, independently, halogen (e.g., chlorine or fluorine), —OH, —OR, an alkyl group (such as described for R 1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl), —NH 2 , —NHR, —N(R) 2 , —CF 3 , —CN, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NHR, or —C(O)N(R) 2 .
- halogen e.g., chlorine or fluorine
- —OH —OR
- an alkyl group such as described for R 1 in formula (I) above
- an aryl group such as phenyl
- the R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R 1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl).
- Preferred X groups are chlorine, fluorine, —OH, —OCH 3 and —NH 2 .
- n is 1.
- the X group(s) may be located at the ortho, meta and para positions. The para position is preferred, especially when X is —OH.
- R a in the formulas above may be hydrogen or an alkyl group. Suitable alkyls are as described for R 1 in formula (I) above. Preferably, R a is hydrogen or methyl.
- the absolute configuration of the carbon atom to which R 1 is bonded may be (R) or (S).
- the (S) configuration is preferred.
- the compounds of formula (I) are preferably opiates with preferential affinity for the ⁇ / ⁇ opioid receptors and comparably less affinity for ⁇ receptors. In a preferred embodiment, these compounds are pure antagonists.
- the ratio of affinity for the ⁇ receptor to the ⁇ receptor ( ⁇ / ⁇ ) may be at least 1.5, preferably at least 2.0, more preferably at least 20, still more preferably at least 100, even still more preferably at least 750 and most preferably at least 800.
- the ⁇ / ⁇ ratio may be 0.002 to 500.
- the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared using well-known synthetic techniques by condensing an acid of the formula R 3 —CO 2 H with an amine represented by the formula:
- the acid is preferably converted into an activated ester in order to couple with the amine.
- a BOP ester is preferred.
- a variety of compounds within the scope of formula (I) may be simultaneously synthesized and evaluated using well-established combinatorial synthesis techniques, for example, as described in Example 1.
- R 1 is an alkyl group or an aralkyl group. These groups may be as defined for R 1 in formula (I).
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 8 alkyl group or a C 6 -C 10 aryl-C 1 -C 8 -alkyl group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 4 alkyl group or a phenyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 2 alkyl group or a phenyl-C 1 -C 3 -alkyl group.
- R 1 is a methyl group or a phenethyl group.
- R 7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group. Suitable alkyl groups are as described above for R 1 . Preferably, R 7 is methyl.
- the substituents R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 on the fused aromatic ring may be, independently, hydrogen, an alkyl group, —OH, —NH 2 , —NHR, —N(R) 2 , halogen (e.g., fluorine and chlorine), —OR, —CF 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , or —NHC(O)R.
- the R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R 1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl). Methyl and ethyl are the more preferred alkyl groups, and methyl is most preferred.
- Methoxy is a preferred —OR group.
- R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each hydrogen. In another embodiment, at most three of R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, at most two of R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are other than hydrogen. In yet another embodiment, only one of R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is other than hydrogen. In an embodiment where the fused aromatic ring contains alkyl groups, one, two or three of R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are alkyl groups.
- R 7 and the hydroxyphenyl group may be cis or trans.
- the cis stereochemistry is preferred. All optical isomers of these compounds are within the scope of the present invention.
- the compounds of formula (II) are opiates which are preferably pure opioid receptor antagonists.
- the opiates are selective for the mu and/or kappa receptor as compared to delta receptors.
- the ⁇ / ⁇ selectivity may be, at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, such as at least 5:1, 10:1, 20:1, 25:1, 30:1, or 50:1.
- the ⁇ / ⁇ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, such as at least 5:1, 10:1, 15:1, 20:1, 25:1, 30:1, or 50:1
- the compounds of formula (II) may be prepared, for example, as shown FIG. 1. These compounds may also be prepared as described in Examples 2 and 3 with appropriate modification of the various R groups.
- R 1 may be an alkyl group or an aralkyl group. These groups may be as defined for R 1 in formula (I).
- R 1 is a C 1 -C, alkyl group or a C 6 -C 10 aryl-C 1 -C 8 -alkyl group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 4 alkyl group or a phenyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl group.
- R 1 is a C 1 -C 2 alkyl group or a phenyl-C 1 -C 3 -alkyl group.
- R 1 is larger than a methyl group, such as a phenethyl group.
- R 2 in these compounds may be hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, ⁇ O, —NH 2 , —NHR, —N(R) 2 , —NHC(O)R, —NRC(O)R, —NHC(O)R 5 , or —NRC(O)R 5 .
- the alkyl or aralkyl group may be as described for R 1 in formula (I).
- the R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R 1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl).
- R 5 group of formula (III) has the same structure for R 3 in formula (I) discussed above. All of the embodiments described for R 3 in formula (I) apply to R 5 in formulla (HI).
- R 2 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, or an amido group, i.e., —NHC(O)R 5 , or —NRC(O)R 5 . More preferably, R 2 is hydrogen or an amido group.
- R 3 and R 4 may be hydrogen or methyl. However, when R 3 is methyl then R 4 is hydrogen and when R 3 is hydrogen then R 4 is methyl.
- the compounds of formula (III) are preferably opiates which are opioid receptor pure antagonists.
- R 2 is hydrogen, these compounds have a preferential affinity for the ⁇ receptors, as compared to ⁇ or ⁇ receptors.
- the ⁇ / ⁇ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, e.g., at least 5:1, 10:1, 25:1, 50:1, 100:, 150:1 or 200:1.
- the ⁇ / ⁇ selectivity may be at least 2:1, 5:1, 10:1 or 25:1.
- R 2 is an amido group
- the ⁇ / ⁇ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, e.g., at least 5:1, 10:1, 25:1 or 50:1.
- the compounds of formula (III) may be synthesized, for example, as shown in FIG. 2.
- the synthesis of compounds in which R 3 is methyl (9 ⁇ -compounds) is shown in FIG. 2A.
- Compounds in which R 4 is methyl (4 ⁇ -compounds) may be synthesized as shown in FIG. 2B.
- R a and R b are each, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl group.
- the alkyl group may be as described for R 1 in formula (I).
- R a and R b are ethyl.
- R a and R b together, form a cycloalkyl group.
- Suitable cycloalkyl groups include those having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Cycloalkyl groups having four or five carbon atoms are especially preferred.
- Each X may be an alkyl group. Suitable alkyl groups are as described for R 1 in formula (I) above.
- the number of X groups, determined by the variable n, may be 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. Preferably, n is 0.
- the group ⁇ is a five- or six-membered aryl or heteroaryl group.
- Phenyl is the preferred aryl group.
- Suitable heteroaryl groups may have one, two, three or four heteroatoms, e.g., nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
- Specific examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, traiazine (e.g., 1,2,3-; 1,2,4-; 1,3,5-), 1,2,4,5-tetrazine, furan, thiophene, oxazole, isothiazole, thiadazole, pyrazole, pyrrole, and imidazole.
- ⁇ is a phenyl group.
- Each Z is, independently, an alkyl group, —OH, —OR, halogen, —CF 3 , —CN, —NH 2 , —NHR, or —N(R) 2 .
- the R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R 1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl) Suitable alkyl groups are as described for R 1 in formula (I) above.
- the number of Z groups, determined by the variable y may be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
- y is 1 or 0. More preferably, y is 0.
- Each W is an alkyl group. Suitable alkyl groups are as described for R 1 in formula (I) above.
- W is a methyl.
- the number of alkyl groups on the piperdine ring is determined by z.
- the variable z may be 0 or an integer from 1 to 8, inclusive of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.
- z is 1, 2, or 3.
- at least one W group is bonded to a carbon atom adjacent to the carbon atom bearing the diamino substituent.
- the stereochemical relationship between this W group and the diamino substituent may be cis or trans.
- the stereochemical relationship between W the groups may be cis or trans.
- R 5 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aralkyl group.
- the alkyl group and/or the aralkyl group may be as defined for R 1 in formula (I).
- these groups have 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- the alkenyl group may have up to three double bonds, more preferably, up to two double bonds, and, most preferably, one double bond. An alkenyl group is preferred.
- R 5 is an allyl group.
- the compounds formula (IV) are opiates which are preferably agonists that are selective for the delta receptor.
- the ⁇ / ⁇ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, e.g., at least 5:1, 10:1, 25:1, 50:1, 100:1 or 200:1.
- the ⁇ / ⁇ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, e.g., at least 5:1, 10:1, 25:1, 50:1, 100:1, 200:1, 250:1 or 500:1.
- the compounds of formula (IV) may be synthesized, for example, in accordance with the retrosynthetic analysis shown in FIG. 3.
- An example of a reaction sequence to obtain compounds of formula (IV) is shown in FIG. 4.
- Examples of syntheses of compounds of formula (IV) see the Example 6 below.
- Compounds (I)-(IV) may be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt via protonation of the amine with a suitable acid.
- the acid may be an inorganic acid or an organic acid.
- Suitable acids include, for example, hydrochloric, hydroiodic, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, citric, acetic and formic acids.
- the compounds of the present invention may be used to bind opioid receptors. Such binding may be accomplished by contacting the receptor with an effective amount of the inventive compound. Of course, such contacting is preferably conducted in a aqueous medium, preferably at physiologically relevant ionic strength, pH, etc.
- the inventive compounds may also be used to treat patients having disease states which are ameliorated by binding opioid receptors.
- diseases states include heroin addiction, pain, i.e., the compounds are used as analgesics.
- the compounds of the inventive may also be used to reverse mu-induced respiratory depression, as cytostatica agents, as antimigraine agents, as immunomodulators, as immunosuppressives, as antiarthritic agents, as antiallergic agents, as virucides, to treat diarrhea, as antidepressants, as uropathic agents, as antitussives, as antiadditive agents, as anti-smoking agents, to treat alcoholism, as hypotensive agents, or to treat obesity.
- the compounds may be administered in an effective amount by any of the conventional techniques well-established in the medical field.
- the compounds may be administered orally, intraveneously, or intramuscularly.
- the inventive compounds may be combined with any of the well-known pharmaceutical carriers and additives that are customarily used in such pharmaceutical compositions.
- the patient is preferably a mammal, with human patients especially preferred.
- a three-component library of compounds was prepared in parallel using multiple simultaneous solution phase synthetic methodology.
- the compounds incorporated a (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine group as one of the monomers.
- the other two monomers which included N-substituted or unsubstituted Boc protected amino acids and a range of substituted aryl carboxylic acids, were selected to add chemical diversity.
- the final products (7) were prepared in scintillation vials via amide bond formation by coupling with a wide variety of commercially available carboxylic acids.
- a representative list of such carboxylic acids follows the Experimental section of this Example. Benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP reagent) in THF was employed as the coupling reagent which provided very clean products after aqueous work-up. These compounds were used directly in screening without additional purification. Pure compounds for further SAR analysis were obtained by purification of library samples or by single compound synthesis by conventional synthetic methodology and characterized by MS, 1 H NMR, and elemental analyses.
- the sensitivity to orientation (R or S) at this stereogenic center suggests that the isopropyl group may be working in tandem with another structural feature of the R 3 unit to both increase binding in 8 and decrease binding in 9.
- the difference in affinity of compounds 8 (71%) and 10 (28%) suggests that the 4-hydroxyl substituent in 8 is more effective for high kappa binding affinity.
- the amide group may be part of a separate hydrogen-bonding interaction to place the key R 1 isopropyl and R 3 p-hydroxyphenyl rings in their correct positions for strong interaction with the receptor.
- the N-methyl substituent may be decrease ligand affinity through repulsive steric interactions.
- the data suggests that the high binding affinity displayed by 8 results from a combination of several structural features present in its N-substituent. These include a 4-hydroxyl group in the pendant phenyl ring of group R 3 , the length and flexibility of the carbon chain connecting this ring to the amide carbonyl and the presence of a beta (position R 1 ) isopropyl group with an S configuration at the adjacent stereogenic center.
- the data analysis suggests that the principle stabilizing interactions could be related to binding of the hydroxyl and isopropyl substituents with the other atoms of the N-substituent substructure acting to hold these two binding elements in optimum overlapping positions within the receptor site.
- the isopropyl group could be acting to bias the conformation of molecule to provide the best alignment of the 4-hydroxyphenylpropionic acid side-chain with its binding site.
- 1,2 Nor-BNI (1) has a higher affinity for the kappa receptor than 8 and has a greater kappa selectivity relative to the mu receptor. However, 8 is more selective for the kappa receptor relative to the delta receptor. A part of these differences could be due to the use of different tissues and radioligands.
- the net effect is a loss of selectivity between the mu and kappa receptor subtypes.
- Compound 25 with an R 1 sec-butyl group shows a slight decrease in both kappa and mu potency but retains selectivity, though its magnitude is lower relative to 8.
- the agonist/antagonist activity of compound 8 was measured by determining its ability to either stimulate or reverse opioid agonist stimulated binding of the nonhydrolyzable GTP analog, [ 35 S]GTP ⁇ S, in all three opioid receptor assays (Table 3).
- Table 3 includes data obtained for naltrexone, the standard nonselective opioid pure antagonist, nor-BNI, the prototypical kappa-selective antagonist, and the potent, mu-favoring opioid antagonist (5a).
- the kappa selectivity displayed by compound 8 in the inhibition of radioligand binding assay was not observed in the [ 35 S]GTP ⁇ S functional assay.
- the trans-cinnamyl derivatives 5a-c and compound 5d display K i (radioligand)/K i (GTP ⁇ S) binding ratios greater than unity in the mu and kappa receptor assays which is distinctly different from the response demonstrated by naltrexone.
- compound 8 is found to behave like naltrexone in the kappa receptor assays with a ratio near unity which is far different from the behavior seen for 5a-c and 5d, which show ratios of 118, 228, 63, and 85, respectively.
- compound 8 with a ratio of 54 behaves like 5a-c and 5d which give ratios of 19, 66, 43, and 15.
- This mixture was poured into a separatory funnel. Any precipitated organic compounds were rinsed into the separatory funnel using a small amount of methanol. The beaker was then rinsed with a small amount of water which was added to the separatory funnel. The layers were agitated, separated, and the aqueous layer extracted five additional times using 3:1 methylene chloride:THF. It was observed that compounds with small groups R 1 required additional extractions and/or sodium chloride saturation of the aqueous layer. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed at reduced pressure. The material was then placed on a high vacuum pump to yield a yellow foamy solid.
- the vial was then capped with a telfon-lined lid and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. After this time, 4 mL of ethyl ether and 2 mL of water were added to the vial. After shaking and allowing the layers to settle, the aqueous layer was withdrawn with a pipette. Next, 2 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution was added and the procedure repeated. This was followed by a similar wash with saturated sodium chloride solution. Sodium sulfate was added to the vial, and after drying, the mixture was pipetted into a preweighed, prelabeled 20-mL scintillation vial via a 6-in Pasteur pipette containing a small cotton plug.
- [0198]DAMGO binding proceeded as follows: 12 ⁇ 75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 ⁇ L of the test drug which was diluted in binding buffer (BB: 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, containing 1 mg/mL BSA), followed by 50 ⁇ L of BB, and 100 ⁇ L of [ 3 H]DAMGO in a protease inhibitor cocktail (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, which contained bacitracin (1 mg/mL), bestatin (100 ⁇ g/mL), leupeptin (40 ⁇ g/mL), and chymostatin (20 ⁇ g/mL).
- Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 ⁇ L of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.2 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C.
- the ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2 ⁇ .
- Nonspecific binding was determined using 20 ⁇ M levallorphan.
- the K d of [ 3 H]DAMGO binding was 4.35 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash-buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4).
- [0199] [ 3 H][D-Ala 2 ,D-Leu 5 ]enkephalin binding proceeded as follows: 12 ⁇ 75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 ⁇ L of the test drug which was diluted in BB, followed by 100 ⁇ L of a salt solution containing choline chloride (1 M, final concentration of 100 mM), MnCl2 (30 mM, final concentration of 3.0 mM), and, to block mu sites, DAMGO (1000 nM, final concentration of 100 nM), followed by 50 ⁇ L of [ 3 H][D-Ala 2 ,D-Leu 5 ]enkephalin in the protease inhibitor cocktail.
- Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 ⁇ L of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.41 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C.
- the ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2 ⁇ .
- Nonspecific binding was determined using 20 ⁇ M levallorphan.
- the K d of [ 3 H][D-Ala 2 ,D-Leu 5 ]enkephalin binding was 2.95 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4).
- [0200] [ 3 H]U69,593 binding proceeded as follows: 12 ⁇ 75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 ⁇ L of the test drug which was diluted in BB, followed by 50 ⁇ L of BB, followed by 100 ⁇ L of [ 3 H]U69,593 in the standard protease inhibitor cocktail with the addition of captopril (1 mg/mL in 0.1N acetic acid containing 10 mM 2-mercapto-ethanol to give a final concentration of 1 ⁇ g/mL). Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 ⁇ L of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.4 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C.
- the ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2 ⁇ . Nonspecific binding was determined using 1 ⁇ M U69,593. Under these conditions the K d of [ 3 H]U69,593 binding was 3.75 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4) containing 1% PEI.
- the filtration step proceeded as follows: 4 mL of the wash buffer was added to the tubes, rapidly filtered and was followed by two additional wash cycles. The tritium retained on the filters was counted, after an overnight extraction into ICN Cytoscint cocktail, in a Taurus-beta counter at 44% efficiency.
- buffer A 3 mL/caudate
- Buffer A 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 at 4° C. containing 4 ⁇ g/mL leupeptin, 2 ⁇ g/mL chymostatin, 10 ⁇ g/mL bestatin, and 100 ⁇ g/m
- the homogenate was centrifuged at 30,000 ⁇ g for 10 min at 4° C. and the supernatant discarded.
- the membrane pellets were washed by resuspension and centrifugation twice more with fresh buffer A, aliquotted into microfuge tubes, and centrifuged in a Tomy refrigerated microfuge (model MTX 150) at maximum speed for 10 min. The supernatants were discarded, and the pellets were stored at ⁇ 80° C. until assayed.
- the final concentration of the reagents were 100 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM dithiothreitol, 100 ⁇ M GDP, 0.1% BSA, 0.05-0.1 nM [ 35 S]GTP- ⁇ -S, 500 nM or 10 ⁇ M agonists, and varying concentrations (at least IO different concentrations) of antagonists.
- the reaction was initiated by the addition of membranes and terminated after 4 h by addition of 3 mL ice-cold (4° C.) purified water (Milli-Q uv-Plus, Millipore) followed by rapid vacuum filtration through Whatman GF/B filters presoaked in purified water.
- the benzoisoquinoline system displays a stronger preference for the kappa versus the mu opioid receptor and a lower overall potency relative to typical trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine antagonists. Together this data suggests a common site of action within the opioid receptors for compounds 7 and 8 and the trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines.
- the N-methyl derivative (7) was then available via O-demethylation employing refluxing HBr in acetic acid.
- the N-phenylethyl derivative (8) was prepared from 10 by N-demethylation using phenylchloroformate in refluxing toluene followed by subjecting the crude carbamate to refluxing HBr in acetic acid to cleave the urethane and deprotect the phenol.
- radioligand binding data for the N-methyl and N-phenethyl derivatives of ( ⁇ )-1,2,3,4,4a,5,10,10a-octahydro-4a-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-10a-methylbenzo[g]isoquinolines (7 and 8, respectively) are provided in Table 4.
- radioligand binding assay data for the parent ligands 5 and 6 are given in Table 5.
- the binding data obtained for naltrexone (3) is provided as a reference standard from both sets of assays.
- both 7 and 8 demonstrate a decreased affinity for all of the opioid receptors relative to some of the more potent phenylpiperidine antagonists.
- the source of this loss of activity cannot be immediately established since several explanations exist. It is possible that these compounds have greater preference for a phenyl axial/piperidine chair conformation relative to the phenylpiperidines, though it has been found that 8 exists in the phenylequatorial/piperidine chair conformation in the solid state (FIG. 10). More likely, the lower potency results from a lack of activity of one of the enantiomers of 6. Hugh eudismic ratios are observed in most classes of opioid ligands.
- the benzoisoquinolines display a stronger preference for the kappa versus the mu receptor and a lower overall potency as, a racemic mixture, relative to typical trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine antagonists. Together this data suggests both a common site of action within the opioid receptors for, compounds 7 and 8 and the trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines.
- Tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether were dried over sodium benzophenone ketyl and distilled prior to use.
- ⁇ , ⁇ ′-Dichloroxylene purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co., was recrystallized from hexane prior to use.
- the flask was then warmed to ⁇ 0° C. and aged for 10 min.
- the flask was then cooled to ⁇ 78° C. and cannulated into a mixture of 40 mL dry ethyl ether and 1.3 g (7.59 mmol) ⁇ , ⁇ ′-dichloro xylene at ⁇ 50° C. over 20 min. This was aged for 20 min and then quenched with ice-cold 1N HCl.
- the contents of the flask were then transferred to a separatory funnel with ice-cold ether-and ice-cold 1N HCl.
- the aqueous layer was removed and stored in an ice bath while the organic layer was twice extracted with ice-cold 1N HCl.
- the combined aqueous layers were placed into a new separatory funnel and extracted twice with ice-cold ethyl ether to remove ⁇ , ⁇ ′-diochloroxylene.
- the aqueous layer was then made basic with 50% NaOH at first and finally saturated NaHCO 3 to pH 10.
- the aqueous layer was then extracted 3 times with ice-cold ethyl ether and then discarded.
- the ether extracts were dried over K 2 CO 3 and then filtered into a round-bottom flask and the solvent removed on the rotavap at 0° C. After all of the solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in 40 mL sieve dried CH 3 CN, and to this was added 870 mg NaI and 650 mg K 2 CO 3 .
- the flask was then attached to a reflux condenser and a heating mantle and the system heated under reflux for 3 h. After this time, the flask was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The solvent was then removed on a rotavap and the residue dissolved in 40 mL punctilious ethanol. To this mixture was added 750 mg NaBH 4 in one portion and the mixture allowed to stir overnight. On the following day, 1N HCl was added to this mixture until no further evolution of hydrogen was observed. This was stirred for 10 min, and then 50% NaOH and water were added until the mixture was clear and basic. The volatiles were then removed on a rotavap, and the residue was extracted 3 times with 1:1 ethyl ether:ethyl acetate.
- this highly polar material was dissolved in 15 mL THF, and to this was added 442 mg (1 mmol) BOP reagent, 0.4 mL triethylamine (2.2 mmol), and 136 mg (1 mmol) phenyl acetic acid. This was stirred for 3 h and then diluted with ethyl ether, 40 mL, and washed sequentially with 15 mL water, 1N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, and brine. The solution was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed on a rotary evaporator. The material was then dissolved in chloroform and filtered through silica gel to remove highly colored polar impurities to give 142 mg relatively clean material.
- the benzoisoquinoline compound (20) was also prepared starting from compound 10 according to the method illustrated in FIG. 12. Accordingly, 10 was deprotonated with sec-butyl lithium followed by alkylation with ⁇ , ⁇ ′-dichloro-xylene to give intermediate 19 which was not isolated but was immediately cyclized with NaI and reduced to provide compound 20 in 13% yield. O-Demethylation of 20 using hydrogen bromide in acetic acid yielded 21. The structure was established using a combination of NMR techniques.
- the resulting oil was treated with 10 mL of 1N NaOH and stirred with slight warming for 15 min.
- the product carbamate was then extracted with ether, and the ether layer was washed with 1N HCl and water.
- the organic phase was dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.
- the residue was then treated with 5mL of ethanol and 1.5 mL of 50% aqueous KOH at reflux for 70 h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure.
- the resulting concentrate was extracted with ether (2 ⁇ ), and the ether layers were concentrated in vaccuo.
- the resulting oil was dissolved into 10 mL of 1 N HCl and washed with ether.
- the aqueous layer was then made strongly basic (pH>12) with 50% NaOH with ice cooling.
- the desired amine 15 was extracted into ether (2 ⁇ ), and the ether extracts were washed, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 207 mg (70%) of crude 11 as light yellow oil.
- the crude compound 15 was treated with 4 mL of glacial acetic acid and 4 mL of 48% aqueous hydrobromic acid at reflux temperature for 20 h.
- the reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 10 mL of water.
- the pH was adjusted to 10 by using 50% NaOH with ice cooling.
- the product was extracted into a mixture of 3:1 1-butanol/toluene, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 100 mg (51%) of 16 as a semi solid.
- the aqueous layer was then made basic with 50% NaOH at first and finally sat'd NaHCO 3 to pH 10.
- the aqueous layer was then extracted 3 times with ice-cold ethyl ether and then discarded.
- the ether extracts were dried over K 2 CO 3 and then filtered into a round bottom flask and the solvent removed on the rotavap at 0° C. After all of the solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in 40 mL seive dried CH 3 CN and to this was added 870 mg NaI and 650 mg K 2 CO 3 .
- the flask was then attached to a reflux condenser and a heating mantle and the system heated under reflux for 3 hours.
- Compound 10 was converted to 5c by coupling with phenyl acetic acid in the presence of benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate followed by borane reduction of the resulting amide intermediate.
- Table 9 lists the radioligand binding data for compounds 5b and 5c along with data for naltrexone. While the binding of 5b to all three opioid receptors was weak, it is particularly interesting to note that changing the N-substituent from methyl to phenethyl (5c) provided a dramatic increase in binding affinity, a feature shared by the corresponding 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine analogs (4a and 4b, Table 10). 2 Furthermore, the relative binding affinities displayed by 5b and 5c for mu and kappa opioid receptors are quite similar to that observed for 4a and 4b. These results show that the binding affinities of 5b and 5c are not adversely affected by the 1,5-carbon bridge present in these structures. In addition, it suggests a common binding mode for the two types of structures.
- the increase in binding of [ 35 S]GTP ⁇ S stimulated by opioid agonists is an assay able to distinguish compounds of differing efficacy and intrinsic activity.
- the antagonist properties of test compounds can be determined by measuring the inhibition of this stimulation To assess their potency as antagonists and to verify that 5b and 5c retain pure antagonist activity, the compounds were analyzed for either stimulation or inhibition of agonist stimulated GTP binding in comparison with naltrexone (Table 11). In this functional assay, neither 5b nor 5c stimulated GTP binding as measured up to concentrations of 10 ⁇ M, showing that both compounds were devoid of agonist activity.
- N-methyl 9 ⁇ -methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan is an opioid receptor pure antagonist.
- replacing the N-methyl with an N-phenethyl group to give 5c resulted in a 63-, 60-, and 70-fold increase in antagonist potency at the mu, delta, and kappa opioid systems.
- These results are particularly important since changing an N-methyl to an N-phenethyl substituent in all opioid systems which have the 3-hydroxyphenyl group in an axial relationship relative to the piperidine ring results in an increase in opioid agonist activity.
- 5b and 5c are acting as conformationally rigid analogs of the trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine class of opioid antagonists where the 3-hydroxyphenyl group is in an equatorial position relative to the piperidine ring.
- 5-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)morphans like 5a-c are sterically constrained 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines with the 3-hydroxyphenyl ring fixed in the equatorial position (FIG. 15).
- the pure antagonist activity of the morphans 5b and 5c strongly suggests that opioid ligands of the phenyl piperidine class express potent opioid antagonist activity with their 3-hydroxyphenyl group in an equatorial position.
- 9 ⁇ -methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphans are a new structural type of pure opioid antagonist.
- the data also strongly supports the proposed 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl) equatorial piperidine chair mode of interaction for the trans-3,4-dimethyl-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine class of opioid antagonist.
- the product carbamate was then extracted with ether, and the ether layer was washed with 1N HCl and water. The organic phase was dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was then treated with 5 mL of ethanol and 1.5 mL of 50% aqueous KOH at reflux for 70 h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting concentrate was extracted with ether (2 ⁇ ), and the ether layers were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil was dissolved into 10 mL of 1 N HCl and washed with ether. The aqueous layer was then made strongly basic (pH>12) with 50% NaOH with ice cooling.
- the desired amine was extracted into ether (2 ⁇ ), and the ether extracts were washed, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 207 mg (70%) of a light yellow oil.
- This was treated with 4 mL of glacial acetic acid and 4 mL of 48% aqueous hydrobromic acid at reflux temperature for 20 h.
- the reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 10 mL of water.
- the pH was adjusted to 10 by using 50% NaOH with ice cooling.
- the product was extracted into a mixture of 3:1 1-butanol/toluene, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 100 mg (51%) of 10 as a semisolid.
- the crude product 10 was used directly in the next step without further purification.
- the combined ether layers were washed with NaHCO 3 and brine, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . Evaporation of solvent provided the crude product as a colorless oil.
- the crude amide was dissolved in THF (8 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C., and borane:methyl sulfide complex (0.4 mL, 0.8 mmol) was added dropwise. After vigorous reaction ceased, the resulting mixture was slowly heated to reflux and maintained at that temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C., 6 mL of methanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 h.
- the hydrochloride salt was prepared and crystallized from ether/methanol using 1N HCl in ethyl ether. 117.7, 113.0, 112.4, 57.4, 57.2, 49.5, 42.4, 40.0, 38.7, 34.1, 29.1, 26.2, 23.4, 14.7.
- [0300] [ 3 H]DAMGO binding proceeded as follows: 12 ⁇ 75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 ⁇ L of the test drug which was diluted in binding buffer (BB: 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, containing 1 mg/mL BSA), followed by 50 ⁇ L of BB, and 100 ⁇ L of [ 3 H]DAMGO in a protease inhibitor cocktail (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, which contained bacitracin (1 mg/mL), bestatin (100 ⁇ g/mL), leupeptin (40 ⁇ g/mL), and chymostatin (20 ⁇ g/mL).
- Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 ⁇ L of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.2 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C.
- the ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2 ⁇ .
- Nonspecific binding was determined using 20 ⁇ M levallorphan.
- the K d of [ 3 H]DAMGO binding was 4.35 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash-buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4).
- [0301] [ 3 H][D-Ala 2 ,D-Leu 5 ]enkephalin binding proceeded as follows: 12 ⁇ 75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 mL of the test drug which was diluted in BB, followed by 100 ⁇ L of a salt solution containing choline chloride (1 M, final concentration of 100 mM), MnC 12 (30 mM, final concentration of 3.0 mM), and, to block mu sites, DAMGO (1000 nM, final concentration of 100 nM), followed by 50 ⁇ L of [ 3 H][D-Ala 2 ,D-Leu 5 ]enkephalin in the protease inhibitor cocktail.
- Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 ⁇ L of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.41 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C.
- the ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2 ⁇ .
- Nonspecific binding was determined using 20 ⁇ M levallorphan.
- the K d of [ 3 H][D-Ala 2 ,D-Leu 5 ]enkephalin binding was 2.95 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4).
- [0302] [ 3 H]U69,593 binding proceeded as follows: 12 ⁇ 75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 ⁇ L of the test drug which was diluted in BB, followed by 50 ⁇ L of BB, followed by 100 ⁇ L of [ 3 H]U69,593 in the standard protease inhibitor cocktail with the addition of captopril (1 mg/mL in 0.1N acetic acid containing 10 mM 2-mercapto-ethanol to give a final concentration of 1 ⁇ g/mL). Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 ⁇ L of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.4 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C.
- the ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2 ⁇ . Nonspecific binding was determined using 1 ⁇ M U69,593. Under these conditions the K d of [ 3 H]U69,593 binding was 3.75 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4) containing 1% PEI.
- the filtration step proceeded as follows: 4 mL of the wash buffer was added to the tubes, rapidly filtered and was followed by two additional wash cycles. The tritium retained on the filters was counted, after an overnight extraction into ICN Cytoscint cocktail, in a Taurus beta counter at 44% efficiency.
- buffer A 3 mL/caudate
- Buffer A 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 at 4° C. containing 4 ⁇ g/mL leupeptin, 2 ⁇ g/mL chymostatin, 10 ⁇ g/mL bestatin, and 100 gg/mL bac
- the homogenate was centrifuged at 30,000 ⁇ g for 10 min at 4° C. and the supernatant discarded.
- the membrane pellets were washed by resuspension and centrifugation twice more with fresh buffer A, aliquotted into microfuge tubes, and centrifuged in a Tomy refrigerated microfuge (model MTX 150) at maximum speed for 10 min. The supernatants were discarded, and the pellets were stored at ⁇ 80° C. until assayed.
- the final concentration of the reagents were 100 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM dithiothreitol, 100 ⁇ M GDP, 0.1% BSA, 0.05-0.1 nM [ 35 S]GTP ⁇ S, 500 nM or 10 ⁇ M agonists, and varying concentrations (at least 10 different concentrations) of antagonists.
- the reaction was initiated by the addition of membranes and terminated after 4 h by addition of 3 mL ice-cold (4° C.) purified water (Milli-Q uv-Plus, Millipore) followed by rapid vacuum filtration through Whatman GF/B filters presoaked in purified water.
- the 9 ⁇ -methyl-7-oxo-5-arylmorphan 17a can be prepared in a convergent manner from tetrahydropyridine 15a by alkylation with 2-(chloromethyl)-3,5-dioxahex-1-ene 18 followed by cyclization under acidic conditions.
- This method provides the first reported access to the 9 ⁇ -methyl substituted system with good control of the stereochemistry.
- Application of the method to 15b and 15c provides a higher yielding route to the unsubstituted 7-oxo-phenylmorphan ring system and is amenable to large-scale synthesis.
- the NOESY spectrum contained a strong interaction between 5H-axial and the 3-methyl showing that the methyl group is also axial.
- the axial equatorial relationship between the methyl and the 4-diarylamine group established the cis relative stereochemistry for 3a.
- the 11.9 nM K i values for 3a combined with the 1212 nM K i value at the ⁇ receptor compare favorably to the K i values for 1 (BW373U86) particularly when one considers that 3a is racemic and does not possess all the structural features present in 1, namely the 3′-hydroxy group on the aromatic ring and a methyl group comparable to the piperazine 2-methyl group.
- the reaction mixture was cannulated into a solution of (2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-fluorobenzoate (6.0 g, 16.76 mmol) in dry THF (13 mL) and dry HMPA (5 mL) at room temperature then heated to 45-50° C. for 5 h.
- the reaction mixture was cooled then quenched with a solution of NH 4 Cl and diluted with ether.
- the product was worked-up as above, and chromatography on silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate/ethanol/triethylamine (75:25:1:1) afforded first the phenylcarbamate as a white solid followed by the starting material (117 mg, 23%) as a yellow liquid.
- the carbamate was treated with methanol (20 mL), water (15 mL), isopropanol (10 mL), and NaOH 50% (5 mL) and worked-up as above to give the crude N-demthylated intermediate as a yellow oil.
- this example provides a highly diastereoselective synthetic approach to the N-alkyl-4 ⁇ -methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan system as well as providing a higher yielding route to the useful 7-oxo-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)morphan opioid intermediates.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to a class of nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds which bind to opioid receptors. The inventive compounds can be used to treat a variety of disease states which involve the opioid receptors.
Description
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates to novel opioid receptor antagonists and agonists, methods of making these compounds, and methods of use.
- 2. Description of the Background
- The opioid receptor system has been extensively studied over the past eight decades, driven primarily by a search for analgesics that do not possess the abuse potential associated with morphine. While these studies were unsuccessful, our understanding of the opioid system has increased tremendously. A significant breakthrough in our understanding of this system came about as a realization that the pharmacology of opioids is receptor based. From this vantage point, the focus of research turned to identifying receptor subtypes with the ultimate goal of assigning specific physiological function to individual receptors. Today, the receptor system is known to be composed of the three distinct subtypes OP1, OP2, and OP3 (delta, kappa and mu), as each of these have been cloned and been shown to derive from three different chromosomes. For a discussion of opioid receptors, see Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Volume 17, Fourth Edition, 1996, pp. 858-881. There is however less however as to the number of subtypes within each of the main branches and while much has been learned along these lines, the process of assigning function to subtypes is still an area of active investigation.
- The opioid receptor system has been extensively studied over the past eight decades driven primarily by a search for analgesics that do not possess the abuse potential associated with morphine. While this effort has been unsuccessful to date, recent studies have highlighted the delta opioid receptor system as holding the greatest potential for success. Principally, agonists acting through the delta opioid receptor have been shown to modulate pain while minimizing many of the side-effects associated with morphine which acts primarily at the mu opioid receptor. These unwanted side-effects include physical dependence, respiratory depression, and gastrointestinal motility problems. These findings have led to a dramatic increase in the research efforts directed toward the production of potent, highly delta receptor selective agonists. The bulk of this effort has been in discovering small molecules as opposed to peptides due to their enhanced stability in vivo and their ability to penetrate the central nervous system.
- I.
- The discovery of potent, highly receptor-selective opioid pure antagonists has been a goal of medicinal chemists for many years.1,2 As molecular probes, antagonists have served as useful tools in the study of both the structure as well as the physiological functions of the highly complex opioid receptor system. Much has been accomplished as evidenced by the elegant work of Portoghese and coworkers over the past decade which ultimately has led to the discovery of the naltrexone-based kappa and delta receptor subtype-selective antagonists norbinaltorphimine3 (1, nor-BNI) and naltrindole4 (2, NTI), respectively. Following Portoghese's lead, workers at SmithKline Beecham recently reported that the octahydroisoquinoline (3, SB 205588) was a second-generation, highly potent and selective delta antagonist formally derived from naltrindole fragmentation.5 One specific research aim has been the discovery of opioid receptor selective reversibly binding ligands from the N-substituted (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (4a) class of compounds that display pure antagonist activity.6 These compounds will be useful as molecular probes for the opioid receptor as well as potential drug candidates for the treatment of substance abuse and other CNS disorders.7 While mu antagonists have for years been used in drug abuse therapy, recent findings suggest that kappa antagonists could provide a more effective, long-lasting treatment strategy.8 A great variety of N-substituted derivatives of 4a has been prepared, but until the recent demonstration of mu selectivity for 5a,9 none had shown selectivity between the opioid receptor subtypes. Since the pure antagonist activity of these compounds is not dependent on the N-substituent, multiple changes to this part of the molecule would be expected to affect binding affinity and possibly receptor selectivity but not alter its fundamental antagonist character. This feature distinguishes this class of antagonist from the morphone-based compounds, which display pure antagonist behavior only with N-substituents such as allyl or cyclopropylmethyl but not methyl, ethyl, or phenethyl.10 It is currently believed that the N-substituent in 4a interacts with a lipophilic binding domain which has been described as either very large or quite malleable since a multitude of different types of N-substituent changes provided ligands displaying high binding affinity.11 It has also been determined that maximum potency and selectivity for the mu opioid receptor is achieved when the N-substituent incorporates a lipophilic entity (phenyl or cyclohexyl ring) separated from the piperidine nitrogen by three atoms as illustrated by compounds 5a-d.9,11 The synthesis of K-selective compounds remains an important goal.
- II.
-
- III.
- Numerous structural types of opioid agonists have been discovered, and several such as methadone, meperidine, fentanyl, and pentazocine as well as others have become important drugs for the treatment of pain.10 However, there are only a few structural types that show, potent, opioid pure antagonist activity.10,7 A resurgence in heroin use in recent years coupled with the demonstrated effectiveness of opioid antagonists for the treatment of other substances of abuse has spurred new interest in the development of novel antagonists for opioid receptors.16
- The oxymorphone-related compounds such as naloxone (8a) and naltrexone (8b), where the antagonist activity is dependent upon the N-substituent, have received considerable attention over the past few decades.10 For example, pioneering studies by Portoghese and coworkers lead to the development of the prototypical kappa and delta opioid receptor antagonists, norbinaltorphimine (1, nor-BNI) and naltrindole (2, NTI). In contrast, the N-substituted trans-3,4-dimethyl-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (9a-d) class of pure antagonist has received relatively little attention. Studies with the N-methyl analog 9a as well as many other N-substituted analogs such as 9b, 9c (LY255582), and 9d showed that the pure antagonist activity was dependent on the 3-methyl substituent and its trans relative relationship to the 4-methyl substituent on the piperidine ring and, unlike the oxymorphone class, was independent of the nature of the N-substituent.7,16,17,6,13,14 Interestingly, the 3,4-dimethyl cis isomer 9e was found to be a mixed agonist-antagonist. May and coworkers18 reported that 2,9α-dimethyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan (10a), which has the 9-methyl group in a configuration comparable to the cis-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (9e) with the 5-(3-hydroxyphenyl) group locked in an equatorial conformation relative to the piperidine ring in the morphan structure, was a weak but pure antagonist.
- Neither 2,9β-dimethyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan (10b) nor 2,4β-dimethyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan (10 g) have not been reported, due to a lack of synthetic accessibility to these structural isomers. Accordingly, the successful synthetic preparation of 2,9β-morphans and 2,4β-morphans remains an important goal of in the field opioid receptor-binding compounds.
- IV.
-
- (1) Dhawan, B. N.; Cesselin, F.; Raghubir, R.; Reisine, T.; Bradley, P. B.; Portoghese, P. S.; Hamon, M. International Union of Pharmacology. XII. Classification of opioid receptors.Pharmacol. Rev. 1996, 48, 567-592.
- (2) Martin, W. R. The evolution of concepts of opioid receptors. In The Opiate Receptors, Pasternak, G. W. Eds.; Humana Press Inc.: New Jersey, 1988, pp. 3-22.
- (3) Portoghese, P. S.; Nagase, H.; Lipkowski, A. W.; Larson, D. L.; Takemori, A. E. Binaltorphimine-related bivalent ligands and their kappa opioid receptor antagonist selectivity [published erratum appears in J. Med. Chem. 1988 October;31(10):2056]. J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 836-841.
- (4) Portoghese, P. S. An approach to the design of receptor-type-selective non-peptide antagonists of peptidergic receptors: δ opioid antagonists.J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34(6), 1757-1762.
- (5) Dondio, G.; Ronzoni, S.; Eggleston, D. S.; Artico, M.; Petrillo, P.; Petrone, G.; Visentin, L.; Farina, C.; Vecchietti, V.; Clarke, G. D. Discovery of a novel class of substituted pyrrolooctahydroisoquinolines as potent and selective δ opioid agonists, based on an extension of the message-address concept.J. Med. Chem. 1997, 40, 3192-3198.
- (6) Zimmerman, D. M.; Nickander, R.; Homg, J. S.; Wong, D. T. New structural concepts for narcotic antagonists defined in a 4-phenylpiperidine series.Nature 1978, 275, 332-334.
- (7) Zimmerman, D. M.; Leander, J. D. Invited perspective, selective opioid receptor agonists and antagonists: Research tools and potential therapeutic agents.J. Med. Chem. 1990, 33, 895-902.
- (8) Rothman, R. B.; Gorelick, D. A.; Eichmiller, P. R.; Hill, B. H.; Norbeck, J.; Liberto, J. G. An open-label study of a functional opioid kappa antagonist in the treatment of opioid dependence. InProblems of Drug Dependence, 1997: Proceedings of the 59th Annual Scientific Meeting, The College on Problems of Drug Dependence, Inc., Harris, L. S. Eds.; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services: Rockville, Md., 1997; Vol. 178, pp. 309.
- (9) Thomas, J. B.; Mascarella, S. W.; Rothlman, R. B.; Partilla, J. S.; Xu, H.; McCullough, K. B.; Dersch, C. M.; Cantrell, B. E.; Zimmerman, D. M.; Carroll, F. I. Investigation of the N-substituent conformation governing potency and μ receptor subtype-selectivity in (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine opioid antagonists.J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41(11), 1980-1990.
- (10) Aldrich, J. V. Analgesics. InBurger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, Wolff, M. E. Eds.; John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 1996; Vol. 3: Therapeutic Agents.
- (11) Mitch, C. H.; Leander, J. D.; Mendelsohn, L. G.; Shaw, W. N.; Wong, D. T.; Cantrell, q B. E.; Johnson, B. G.; Reel, J. K.; Snoddy, J. D.; Takemori, A. E.; Zimmerman, D. M. 3,4-Dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines: Opioid antagonists with potent anorectant activity.J. Med. Chem. 1993, 36(20), 2842-2850.
- (12) Zimmerman, D. M.; Smits, S.; Nickander, R. Further investigation of novel 3-methyl-4-phenylpiperidine narcotic antagonists. InProceedings of the 40th Annual Scientific Meeting of the Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence, 1978, pp. 237-247.
- (13) Zimmerman, D. M.; Smits, S. E.; Hynes, M. D.; Cantrell, B. E.; Leander, J. D.; Mendelsohn, L. G.; Nickander, R.Drug Alcohol Depend. 1985, 14, 381402.
- (14) Mitch, C. H.; Leander, J. D.; Mendelsohn, L. G.; Shaw, W. N.; Wong, D. T.; Zimmerman, D. M.; Gidda, S. J.; Cantrell, B. E.; Scoepp, D. D.; Johnson, B. G.; Leander, J. D.J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 2262-2265.
- (15) Evans, D. A.; Mitch, C. H.; Thomas, R. C.; Zimmerman, D. M.; Robey, R. L. Application of metalated enamines to alkaloid synthesis. An expedient approach to the synthesis of morphine-based analgesics.J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1980, 102, 5955-5956.
- (16) Kreek, M. J. Opiates, opioids and addiction.Mol. Psychiatry 1996, 1(3), 232-254.
- (17) Zimmerman, D. M.; Gidda, J. S.; Cantrell, B. E.; Schoepp, D. D.; Johnson, B. G.; Leander, J. D. Discovery of a potent, peripherally selective trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine opioid antagonist for the treatment of gastrointestinal motility disorders.J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37(15), 2262-2265.
- (18) Awaya, H.; May, E. L.; Aceto, M. D.; Merz, H.; Rogers, M. E.; Harris, L. S. Racemic and optically active 2,9-dimethyl-5-(m-hydroxyphenyl)morphans and pharmacological comparison with the 9-demethyl homologues.J. Med. Chem. 1984, 27, 536-539.
- (19) Chang, K. J.; Rigdon, G. C.; Howard, J. L.; McNutt, R. W. A novel potent and selective nonpeptidic delta opioid receptor agonist, BW373U86. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther. 1993, 267, 852-857.
- (20) Calderon, S. N.; Rothman, R. B.; Porreca, F.; Flippen-Anderson, J. L.; McNutt, R. W; Xu, H.; Smith, L. E.; Bilsky, E. J.; Davis, P.; Rice, K. C. Probes for narcotic receptor mediated phenomena. 19. Synthesis of (+)-4-[(αR)-α-(2S,5R)-4-allyl-2,5-dimethyl-1-piperazinyl)-3-methoxybenzyl]-N,N-diethylbenzamide (SNC 80): A highly selective, nonpeptide δ opioid receptor agonist.J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 2125-2128.
- (21) Van Bever, W. F.; Niemegeers, C. J. E.; Janssen, P. A. J. Synthetic analgesics. Synthesis and pharmacology of the diastereoisomers of N-(3-methyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidyl)-N-phenylpropanamide and N-(3-methyl-1-(1-methyl-2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidyl)-N-phenylpropanamide.J. Med. Chem. 1974, 17(10), 1047-1051.
- (22) Xu, H.; Kim, C. -H.; Zhu, Y. C.; Weber, R. J.; Rice, K. C.; Rothman, R. B. (+)-cis-Methylfentanyl and its analogs bind pseudoirreversibly to the mu opioid binding site: Evidence for pseudoallosteric modulation.Neuropharmacology 1991, 30, 455462.
- It is an object of the present invention to provide novel compounds which bind to opioid receptors.
- It is another object of the present invention to provide novel compounds which are opioid receptors antagonists that bind with high affinity.
- It is another object of the present invention to provide novel opiates that are selective for the kappa receptor as compared to the delta and mu receptors.
- It is another object of the present invention to provide novel opiates that are selective for the mu and kappa receptors as compared to the delta receptor.
- It is another object of the present invention to provide novel opiates that are selective for the delta receptor as compared to the mu and kappa receptors.
- It is another object of the present invention to provide novel opiates that are pure antagonists at the mu, delta and kappa receptors.
- It is another object of the present invention to provide methods of making the novel compounds.
- It is another object of the present invention to provide methods of treating a variety of disease states with the novel opiate compounds of the present invention.
-
- where
- R1 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group;
- R2 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group; and
-
- each X is, independently, halogen, —OH, —OR, an alkyl group, an aryl group, —NR, —NHR, —N(R)2, —CF3, —CN or —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR, or —C(O)N(R)2;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkaryl group;
- n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5; and
- Ra is hydrogen or an alkyl group.
-
- (II): or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- where
- R1 is an alkyl group or aralkyl group; and
- R3, R4, R5, R6 are each, independently, hydrogen, an alkyl group, —OH, —NK, —NHR, —N(R)2, halogen, —OR, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, or —NHC(O)R;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group; and
- R7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group.
-
- where
- R1 is an alkyl group or an aralkyl group;
- R2 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, ═O, —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, —NHC(O)R, —NRC(O)R, —NHC(O)R5, or —NRC(O)R5;
- R3 and R4 may be hydrogen or methyl, with the proviso that when Ps is methyl then R, is hydrogen and when R3 is hydrogen then R4 is methyl;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group; and
-
- each X is, independently, halogen, —OH, —OR, an alkyl group, an aryl group, —NJ %, —NHR, —N(R)2, —CF3, —CN, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR, or —C(O)N(R)2;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group;
- n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5; and
- Ra is hydrogen or an alkyl group.
-
- where
- Ra and Rb are each, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl group, or Ra and Rb, together, form a cycloalkyl group;
- each X is, independently, an alkyl group;
- ◯ is a five- or six-membered aryl or heteroaryl group;
- each Z is, independently, an alkyl group, —OH, —OR, halogen, —CF3, —CN, —NH2, —NHR, or —N(R)2;
- each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group;
- each W is an alkyl group;
- n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4;
- y is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
- z is 0 an integer from 1 to 8; and
- R5 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, or aralkyl group.
- A more complete appreciation of the invention and many of the attendant advantages thereof will be readily obtained as the same becomes better understood by reference to the following detailed description when considered in connection with the accompanying drawings.
- FIG. 1: Synthesis of compounds represented by formula (II).
- FIG. 2: Synthesis of compounds represented by formula (III). (A) synthesis of compounds in which R3 is methyl (9β-compounds). (B) synthesis of compounds in which R4 is methyl (4β-compounds).
- FIG. 3: Retrosynthetic analysis for the synthesis of compounds represented by formula (IV).
- FIG. 4: Synthesis of compounds represented by formula (IV).
- FIG. 5: Synthesis of compounds (7) as described in Example 1.
- FIG. 6: Data from screening of library described in Example 1 at 100 nM against the kappa-selective ligand [3H]U69,593 (percent inhibition).
- FIG. 7: Comparison of ratios of radioligand binding and GTPγS assays for compound 8, naltrexone, nor-BNI, 5d, and 5a-c described in Example 1, the N-trans-cinnamyl derivatives of 4b. The radioligand and GTPγS binding data for 5a-d were taken from ref. 9 cited in Example 1.
- FIG. 8: Synthesis of compounds (7) and (8) as described in Example 2.
- FIG. 9: Structural representation of (a) Naltrexone, (b) 3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine, and (c) 8a-methyl-4a-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-octahydrobenzo[e]isoquinoline (Example 2).
- FIG. 10: Structure of (±)-[2-phenethyl-8a-methyl-4a-(3-hydroxymethyl)]octahydrobenzo[e]isoquinoline (8) HCl described in Example 2 by single crystal X-ray analysis.
- FIG. 11: Synthesis of compound (18) as described in Example 3.
- FIG. 12: Synthesis of compound (21) as described in Example 3.
- FIG. 13: Synthesis of compound (5c) as described in Example 4.
- FIG. 14: X-Ray structure of (5b) described in Example 4 drawn using the experimentally determined coordinates.
- FIG. 15: Conformational representation of naltrexone (1b), N-substituted 3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine, and 2-alkyl-9β-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan. These compounds are described in Example 4.
- FIG. 16: Synthesis of compound (17) as described in Example 5.
- FIG. 17: Synthesis of compound (3) as described in Example 6.
- FIG. 18: Synthesis of 4β-5-phenylmorphans as described in Example 7.
- The present invention relates to a group of compounds that contain a piperidinyl, or a bridged piperidinyl group. The inventive compounds have been found to have a variety of different activities when bound to opioid receptors.
- Compounds of Formula (I)
- In formula (I), R1 is hydrogen, an alkyl group or an aralkyl group. As used throughout this disclosure, the terms “alkyl group” or “alkyl radical” encompass all structural isomers thereof, such as linear, branched and cyclic alkyl groups and moieties. Unless stated otherwise, all alkyl groups described herein may have 1 to 8 carbon atoms, inclusive of all specific values and subranges therebetween, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 carbon atoms. As used herein, the term “aralkyl group” refers to an aryl moiety bonded to an alkyl radical. The aryl moiety may have 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The aryl moiety may contain only carbon and hydrogen atoms. Alternatively, the aryl moiety may contain heteroatoms, for example 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur). A particularly preferred aryl moiety is phenyl-. The alkyl radical of the aralkyl group may as described above when K is an alkyl group. The alkyl group or moiety and/or the aryl moiety may be substituted. Suitable substituents include halogens (F, Cl, Br and I), alkyl groups (e.g., C1-C8), alkoxy groups (e.g., C1-C8 alkoxy groups), —CF3, —CN, —NH2, —NHR, or —N(R)2. The R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl). In groups in compounds of formula (I)-(IV) where two R groups are bonded to the same atom, i.e., —N(R)2, the R groups may, together, form a cyclic alkyl group. Such a cyclic alkyl group may, preferably, contain 2 to 8 carbon atoms, with 4 or 5 carbon atoms particularly preferred.
- Preferably, R1 is unsubstituted. In a preferred embodiment, R1 is a C1-C8 alkyl group or a C6-C10aryl-C1-C8-alkyl group. In a more preferred embodiment, R1 is a C1-C4 alkyl group or a phenyl-C1-C4-alkyl group. Even more preferably, R1 is a C1-C3 alkyl group or a phenyl-C1-C3-alkyl group. Most preferably, R1 is a methyl group, an isopropyl group, or a phenethyl group.
- R2 in formula (I) may be hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkaryl group. Suitable alkyl and alkaryl groups are as described for R1 above. The aryl group may be as described for the aryl moiety of R1 above. Preferably, R2 is hydrogen.
-
- In these groups, the phenyl ring may be unsubstituted (n is 0) or substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 X groups, each X is, independently, halogen (e.g., chlorine or fluorine), —OH, —OR, an alkyl group (such as described for R1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl), —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, —CF3, —CN, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR, or —C(O)N(R)2. The R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl). Preferred X groups are chlorine, fluorine, —OH, —OCH3 and —NH2. Preferably, n is 1. The X group(s) may be located at the ortho, meta and para positions. The para position is preferred, especially when X is —OH.
- Ra in the formulas above may be hydrogen or an alkyl group. Suitable alkyls are as described for R1 in formula (I) above. Preferably, Ra is hydrogen or methyl.
- The absolute configuration of the carbon atom to which R1 is bonded may be (R) or (S). The (S) configuration is preferred.
- The compounds of formula (I) are preferably opiates with preferential affinity for the μ/κ opioid receptors and comparably less affinity for δ receptors. In a preferred embodiment, these compounds are pure antagonists. The ratio of affinity for the δ receptor to the κ receptor (δ/κ) may be at least 1.5, preferably at least 2.0, more preferably at least 20, still more preferably at least 100, even still more preferably at least 750 and most preferably at least 800. The μ/κ ratio may be 0.002 to 500.
-
- The acid is preferably converted into an activated ester in order to couple with the amine. A BOP ester is preferred. In a particularly preferred embodiment, a variety of compounds within the scope of formula (I) may be simultaneously synthesized and evaluated using well-established combinatorial synthesis techniques, for example, as described in Example 1.
- Compounds of Formula (II)
- In formula (II), R1 is an alkyl group or an aralkyl group. These groups may be as defined for R1 in formula (I). In a preferred embodiment, R1 is a C1-C8 alkyl group or a C6-C10 aryl-C1-C8-alkyl group. In a more preferred embodiment, R1 is a C1-C4 alkyl group or a phenyl-C1-C4-alkyl group. Even more preferably, R1 is a C1-C2 alkyl group or a phenyl-C1-C3-alkyl group. Most preferably, R1 is a methyl group or a phenethyl group.
- R7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group. Suitable alkyl groups are as described above for R1. Preferably, R7 is methyl.
- The substituents R3, R4, R5 and R6 on the fused aromatic ring may be, independently, hydrogen, an alkyl group, —OH, —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, halogen (e.g., fluorine and chlorine), —OR, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, or —NHC(O)R. The R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl). Methyl and ethyl are the more preferred alkyl groups, and methyl is most preferred. Methoxy is a preferred —OR group. In one embodiment, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are each hydrogen. In another embodiment, at most three of R3, R4, R5 and R6 are other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, at most two of R3, R4, R5 and R6 are other than hydrogen. In yet another embodiment, only one of R3, R4, R5 and R6 is other than hydrogen. In an embodiment where the fused aromatic ring contains alkyl groups, one, two or three of R3, R4, R5 and R6 are alkyl groups.
- The stereochemical relationship between R7 and the hydroxyphenyl group may be cis or trans. The cis stereochemistry is preferred. All optical isomers of these compounds are within the scope of the present invention.
- The compounds of formula (II) are opiates which are preferably pure opioid receptor antagonists. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the opiates are selective for the mu and/or kappa receptor as compared to delta receptors. The δ/κ selectivity may be, at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, such as at least 5:1, 10:1, 20:1, 25:1, 30:1, or 50:1. The δ/μ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, such as at least 5:1, 10:1, 15:1, 20:1, 25:1, 30:1, or 50:1
- The compounds of formula (II) may be prepared, for example, as shown FIG. 1. These compounds may also be prepared as described in Examples 2 and 3 with appropriate modification of the various R groups.
- Compounds of Formula (III)
- In formula (III), R1 may be an alkyl group or an aralkyl group. These groups may be as defined for R1 in formula (I). In a preferred embodiment, R1 is a C1-C, alkyl group or a C6-C10 aryl-C1-C8-alkyl group. In a more preferred embodiment, R1 is a C1-C4 alkyl group or a phenyl-C1-C4-alkyl group. Even more preferably, R1 is a C1-C2 alkyl group or a phenyl-C1-C3-alkyl group. Most preferably, R1 is larger than a methyl group, such as a phenethyl group.
- R2 in these compounds may be hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, ═O, —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, —NHC(O)R, —NRC(O)R, —NHC(O)R5, or —NRC(O)R5. The alkyl or aralkyl group may be as described for R1 in formula (I). The R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl). The R5 group of formula (III) has the same structure for R3 in formula (I) discussed above. All of the embodiments described for R3 in formula (I) apply to R5 in formulla (HI). Preferably, R2 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, or an amido group, i.e., —NHC(O)R5, or —NRC(O)R5. More preferably, R2 is hydrogen or an amido group.
- R3 and R4 may be hydrogen or methyl. However, when R3 is methyl then R4 is hydrogen and when R3 is hydrogen then R4 is methyl.
- The compounds of formula (III) are preferably opiates which are opioid receptor pure antagonists. When R2 is hydrogen, these compounds have a preferential affinity for the μ receptors, as compared to κ or δ receptors. In this embodiment, the μ/δ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, e.g., at least 5:1, 10:1, 25:1, 50:1, 100:, 150:1 or 200:1. In this embodiment, the μ/κ selectivity may be at least 2:1, 5:1, 10:1 or 25:1. When R2 is an amido group, the δ/μ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, e.g., at least 5:1, 10:1, 25:1 or 50:1.
- The compounds of formula (III) may be synthesized, for example, as shown in FIG. 2. The synthesis of compounds in which R3 is methyl (9β-compounds) is shown in FIG. 2A. Compounds in which R4 is methyl (4β-compounds) may be synthesized as shown in FIG. 2B. For specific examples of such preparations, see the following Examples 3-5 and 7.
- Compounds of Formula (IV)
- Ra and Rb are each, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be as described for R1 in formula (I). Preferably, Ra and Rb are ethyl. Alternatively, Ra and Rb, together, form a cycloalkyl group. Suitable cycloalkyl groups include those having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Cycloalkyl groups having four or five carbon atoms are especially preferred.
- Each X, if present, may be an alkyl group. Suitable alkyl groups are as described for R1 in formula (I) above. The number of X groups, determined by the variable n, may be 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. Preferably, n is 0.
- The group ◯ is a five- or six-membered aryl or heteroaryl group. Phenyl is the preferred aryl group. Suitable heteroaryl groups may have one, two, three or four heteroatoms, e.g., nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Specific examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, traiazine (e.g., 1,2,3-; 1,2,4-; 1,3,5-), 1,2,4,5-tetrazine, furan, thiophene, oxazole, isothiazole, thiadazole, pyrazole, pyrrole, and imidazole.
-
- Each Z, if present, is, independently, an alkyl group, —OH, —OR, halogen, —CF3, —CN, —NH2, —NHR, or —N(R)2. The R groups are, independently, an alkyl group (such as described for R1 in formula (I) above), an aryl group (such as phenyl) or an aralkyl group group (such as benzyl) Suitable alkyl groups are as described for R1 in formula (I) above. The number of Z groups, determined by the variable y, may be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. Preferably, y is 1 or 0. More preferably, y is 0.
- Each W, if present, is an alkyl group. Suitable alkyl groups are as described for R1 in formula (I) above. Preferably, W is a methyl. The number of alkyl groups on the piperdine ring is determined by z. The variable z may be 0 or an integer from 1 to 8, inclusive of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. Preferably, z is 1, 2, or 3. In a preferred embodiment, at least one W group is bonded to a carbon atom adjacent to the carbon atom bearing the diamino substituent. The stereochemical relationship between this W group and the diamino substituent may be cis or trans. When multiple W groups are present on the piperdine ring, the stereochemical relationship between W the groups may be cis or trans.
- In formula (IV), R5 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aralkyl group. The alkyl group and/or the aralkyl group may be as defined for R1 in formula (I). Preferably, these groups have 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may have up to three double bonds, more preferably, up to two double bonds, and, most preferably, one double bond. An alkenyl group is preferred. Most preferably, R5 is an allyl group.
- The compounds formula (IV) are opiates which are preferably agonists that are selective for the delta receptor. The δ/μ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, e.g., at least 5:1, 10:1, 25:1, 50:1, 100:1 or 200:1. The δ/κ selectivity may be at least 2:1, but is preferably higher, e.g., at least 5:1, 10:1, 25:1, 50:1, 100:1, 200:1, 250:1 or 500:1.
- The compounds of formula (IV) may be synthesized, for example, in accordance with the retrosynthetic analysis shown in FIG. 3. An example of a reaction sequence to obtain compounds of formula (IV) is shown in FIG. 4. For specific examples of syntheses of compounds of formula (IV), see the Example 6 below.
- Compounds (I)-(IV) may be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt via protonation of the amine with a suitable acid. The acid may be an inorganic acid or an organic acid. Suitable acids include, for example, hydrochloric, hydroiodic, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, citric, acetic and formic acids.
- The receptor selectivities discussed above are determined based on the binding affinities at the receptors indicated.
- The compounds of the present invention may be used to bind opioid receptors. Such binding may be accomplished by contacting the receptor with an effective amount of the inventive compound. Of course, such contacting is preferably conducted in a aqueous medium, preferably at physiologically relevant ionic strength, pH, etc.
- The inventive compounds may also be used to treat patients having disease states which are ameliorated by binding opioid receptors. Such diseases states include heroin addiction, pain, i.e., the compounds are used as analgesics. The compounds of the inventive may also be used to reverse mu-induced respiratory depression, as cytostatica agents, as antimigraine agents, as immunomodulators, as immunosuppressives, as antiarthritic agents, as antiallergic agents, as virucides, to treat diarrhea, as antidepressants, as uropathic agents, as antitussives, as antiadditive agents, as anti-smoking agents, to treat alcoholism, as hypotensive agents, or to treat obesity.
- The compounds may be administered in an effective amount by any of the conventional techniques well-established in the medical field. For example, the compounds may be administered orally, intraveneously, or intramuscularly. When so administered, the inventive compounds may be combined with any of the well-known pharmaceutical carriers and additives that are customarily used in such pharmaceutical compositions. For a discussion of dosing forms, carriers, additives, pharmacodynamics, etc., see Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Fourth Edition, Vol. 18, 1996, pp. 480-590, incorporated herein by reference. The patient is preferably a mammal, with human patients especially preferred.
- Having generally described this invention, a further understanding can be obtained by reference to certain specific examples which are provided herein for purposes of illustration only and are not intended to be limiting unless otherwise specified. In each of the Examples, the numbering of compounds and references cited are specific to each Example.
- Summary
- A three-component library of compounds was prepared in parallel using multiple simultaneous solution phase synthetic methodology. The compounds incorporated a (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine group as one of the monomers. The other two monomers, which included N-substituted or unsubstituted Boc protected amino acids and a range of substituted aryl carboxylic acids, were selected to add chemical diversity. Screening of these compounds in competitive binding experiments with the kappa opioid receptor selective ligand [3H]U69,593 led to the identification of a κ opioid receptor selective ligand, N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (8, RTI-5989-29). Additional SAR studies suggested that 8 possesses lipophilic and hydrogen bonding sites that are important to its opioid receptor potency and selectivity. These sites appear to exist predominantly within the kappa receptor since the selectivity arises from a 530-fold loss of affinity of 8 for the mu receptor and an 18-fold increase in affinity for the kappa receptor relative to the mu-selective ligand, (+)-N-[trans-4-phenyl-2-butenyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (5a). This degree of selectivity observed in the radioligand binding experiments was not observed in the functional assay. According to its ability to inhibit agonist stimulated binding of [35S]GTPγS at all three opioid receptors, compound 8 behaves as a mu/kappa opioid receptor pure antagonist with negligible affinity for the delta receptor.
- Chemistry
- Coupling of (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (4b) (FIG. 5) with an appropriate tert-butoxycarbonyl-protected amino acid (Boc-protected) followed by removal of the Boc-protecting group with trifuoroacetic acid (TFA) in methylene chloride followed by reduction using a tetrahydrofuran (THF) solution of borane-dimethyl sulfide complex gave the intermediate amines (6a-k) in 15-78% yields (FIG. 5). These intermediates 6 were subjected to column chromatography or crystallization as necessary to obtain pure compounds. The final products (7) were prepared in scintillation vials via amide bond formation by coupling with a wide variety of commercially available carboxylic acids. A representative list of such carboxylic acids follows the Experimental section of this Example. Benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP reagent) in THF was employed as the coupling reagent which provided very clean products after aqueous work-up. These compounds were used directly in screening without additional purification. Pure compounds for further SAR analysis were obtained by purification of library samples or by single compound synthesis by conventional synthetic methodology and characterized by MS,1H NMR, and elemental analyses.
- Results and Discussion
-
- A comparative analysis of the structures related to compounds 9-23, which have less binding affinity relative to 8, readily illustrates the importance for kappa receptor binding of each structural subunit of group R3 (Table 1). Compound 9, a diastereomer of 8, where the carbon to which the R1 isopropyl group is connected has the opposite stereochemistry, shows less binding affinity (11%) for the opioid kappa receptor. The sensitivity to orientation (R or S) at this stereogenic center suggests that the isopropyl group may be working in tandem with another structural feature of the R3 unit to both increase binding in 8 and decrease binding in 9. The difference in affinity of compounds 8 (71%) and 10 (28%) suggests that the 4-hydroxyl substituent in 8 is more effective for high kappa binding affinity. Furthermore, the weaker inhibition displayed by compounds 11 (20%) and 12 (25%) possessing meta and ortho hydroxyl substituents respectively, pinpoints the para placement of the para-hydroxyl group as the optimum position. The fact that compound 19, which lacks the isopropyl group but has the para-hydroxyphenylpropionic substituent, shows less affinity (11% vs. 71%) relative to 8, adds additional support to the importance of the R1 isopropyl and 4-hydroxyphenyl groups to the kappa-selective binding. The low affinity of compound 20 (20%) which has a methyl substituent in position (R1) shows that a methyl group may be less effective than the isopropyl group. This strengthens the notion that both the isopropyl group (R1) and the 4-hydroxyphenyl group for R3 are working together to elicit high affinity binding at the kappa opioid receptor in compound 8. The results for compound 13 (6%) suggests that two methylene groups are more effective between the phenyl ring and the amide carbonyl in diversity element R3, presumably because the para-hydroxyl group cannot reach its site of interaction in the truncated derivative. Furthermore, the lower inhibition of binding for compound 14 (15%) which incorporates a trans double bond in the connecting chain shows that the length of the chain is not optimal to impart high binding affinity, implying that flexibility is also preferred in this carbon chain to provide proper ligand and receptor alignment. The lower affinity of the 4-fluoro derivative 15 (26%) and the 4-methoxy derivative 18 (16%) supports the suggestion that a hydrogen bond exists between ligand 8 and the receptor with compound 8 donating the hydrogen. This is further supported by the lower affinity of the 3,4-dihydroxyl derivative 16 (31%) which can hydrogen bond internally and the 3-methoxy-4-hydroxy derivative 17 (42%) whose hydrogen bond could be sterically encumbered by interference from an adjacent methoxy group. Interestingly, all compounds having methyl and not hydrogen as the second diversity element R2, 21 (0%), 22 (1%), and 23 (7%) displayed very low binding affinity usually at baseline (DMSO blank) levels. Apparently, position R2 is preferably unsubstituted. These results suggest that the amide group may be part of a separate hydrogen-bonding interaction to place the key R1 isopropyl and R3 p-hydroxyphenyl rings in their correct positions for strong interaction with the receptor. Alternatively, the N-methyl substituent may be decrease ligand affinity through repulsive steric interactions.
- Taken together, the data suggests that the high binding affinity displayed by 8 results from a combination of several structural features present in its N-substituent. These include a 4-hydroxyl group in the pendant phenyl ring of group R3, the length and flexibility of the carbon chain connecting this ring to the amide carbonyl and the presence of a beta (position R1) isopropyl group with an S configuration at the adjacent stereogenic center. The data analysis suggests that the principle stabilizing interactions could be related to binding of the hydroxyl and isopropyl substituents with the other atoms of the N-substituent substructure acting to hold these two binding elements in optimum overlapping positions within the receptor site. Alternatively, the isopropyl group could be acting to bias the conformation of molecule to provide the best alignment of the 4-hydroxyphenylpropionic acid side-chain with its binding site.
- In order to gain additional SAR information, a pure sample of 8 along with compounds 24-27 which vary at the R1 position alone was prepared for study. Table 2 lists the Ki values for these derivatives at the mu and kappa opioid receptors along with the Ki values for the mu-selective reference compound 5a, naltrexone, and the kappa-selective antagonist nor-BNI. The delta receptor assay was not performed for compounds 24-27 as all previous derivatives of 8 had shown no affinity for this receptor subtype. This study revealed that 8 not only actively binds the kappa receptor (Ki=6.9 nM) but also possessed a 57-fold selectivity for the kappa vs. the mu receptor (Ki=393 nM) and >870-fold selectivity for the kappa vs. the delta receptor (Ki>5700 nM). Compound 8 thus displays a high degree of opioid kappa receptor subtype selectivity.1,2 Nor-BNI (1) has a higher affinity for the kappa receptor than 8 and has a greater kappa selectivity relative to the mu receptor. However, 8 is more selective for the kappa receptor relative to the delta receptor. A part of these differences could be due to the use of different tissues and radioligands.
- The data for the beta isobutyl substituent compound 24, which results formally from insertion of a methylene between the isopropyl group and its adjacent stereogenic center of compound 8, displays a loss of affinity for the kappa receptor while maintaining the same affinity for the mu receptor as compound 8. The net effect is a loss of selectivity between the mu and kappa receptor subtypes. Compound 26 (R1=cyclohexyl) shows a similar loss of affinity for the kappa receptor with a gain in affinity for the mu receptor resulting in a similar loss of selectivity. Compound 25 with an R1 sec-butyl group shows a slight decrease in both kappa and mu potency but retains selectivity, though its magnitude is lower relative to 8. Compound 27 (R1=benzyl) displayed a binding profile completely different from that seen in 8 with a tremendous increase in mu potency and concomitant loss of kappa potency. This was not unexpected since compound 27, prepared from the amino acid phenylalanine, possesses an N-substituent with a phenyl ring separated from the piperidine ring by three methylene groups which are known to favor mu binding.1,2 It was for this reason that phenylalanine was excluded from use in the library synthesis. Overall, the behaviors of the various R1 derivatives of 8 indicate that the size of the lipophilic group in position R1 is important to both the potency and receptor subtype selectivity of the ligand. Furthermore, the data supports the hypothesis that the isopropyl group in 8 is not simply biasing the conformation of side-chain but is instead interacting with the receptor directly in a ligand stabilizing interaction.
- The agonist/antagonist activity of compound 8 was measured by determining its ability to either stimulate or reverse opioid agonist stimulated binding of the nonhydrolyzable GTP analog, [35S]GTPγS, in all three opioid receptor assays (Table 3).3 Table 3 includes data obtained for naltrexone, the standard nonselective opioid pure antagonist, nor-BNI, the prototypical kappa-selective antagonist, and the potent, mu-favoring opioid antagonist (5a). The kappa selectivity displayed by compound 8 in the inhibition of radioligand binding assay was not observed in the [35S]GTPγS functional assay. This is not an a typical situation; radioligand binding results often differ substantially from those seen in functional assays but this typically involves agonists. The antagonists, naltrexone, normally display Ki (radioligand)/Ki (GTPγS) binding ratios near unity whereas ratios greater than unity have been observed for antagonists of the N-substituted trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine series.1 This phenomenon is illustrated graphically in FIG. 7. The trans-cinnamyl derivatives 5a-c and compound 5d display Ki (radioligand)/Ki (GTPγS) binding ratios greater than unity in the mu and kappa receptor assays which is distinctly different from the response demonstrated by naltrexone. In the present case compound 8 is found to behave like naltrexone in the kappa receptor assays with a ratio near unity which is far different from the behavior seen for 5a-c and 5d, which show ratios of 118, 228, 63, and 85, respectively. In the mu receptor assay on the other hand, compound 8 with a ratio of 54 behaves like 5a-c and 5d which give ratios of 19, 66, 43, and 15. This differential response of 8 in the [35S]GTPγS assay is sufficiently large so as to erode the kappa receptor selectivity observed for 8 in the radioligand binding assays. Note that the Ki (radioligand)/Ki (GTP) binding ratios for nor-BNI at the mu and kappa receptor are 2.8 and 7.36, respectively.
- Conclusions
- The identification of compound 8, which displays a highly selective kappa vs. mu receptor inhibition of radioligand binding profile and a potent mu/kappa opioid antagonist profile, demonstrates the effectiveness of the biased library approach to lead compound generation. Since both the mu and kappa receptors may be important in heroin abuse, compound 8 should be useful as a treatment medication for heroin abuse.
- Experimental Section
- Melting points were determined on a Thomas-Hoover capillary tube apparatus and are not corrected. Elemental analyses were obtained by Atlantic Microlabs, Inc. and are within ±0.4% of the calculated values. All optical rotations were determined at the sodium D line using a Rudolph Research Autopol III polarimeter (1-dm cell).1H NMR spectra were determined on a Bruker WM-250 spectrometer using tetramethylsilane as an internal standard. Silica gel 60 (230400 mesh) was used for all column chromatography. Mass spectral data was obtained using a Finnegan LCQ electrospray mass spectrometer in positive ion mode at atmospheric pressure. All reactions were followed by thin-layer chromatography using Whatman silica gel 60 TLC plates and were visualized by UV, charring using 5% phosphomolybdic acid in ethanol and/or exposure to iodine vapor. All solvents were reagent grade. Tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether were dried over sodium benzophenone ketyl and distilled prior to use. Methylene chloride was distilled from calcium hydride prior to use.
- General Method for the Introduction of Diversity Elements R1 and R2 into Structure 6. (+)-(3R,4R)-Dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (4b) (11.5 mmol), the appropriate Boc-protected amino acid (11.5 mmol) and BOP reagent (11.5 mmol) were combined in THF (150 mL) at room temperature, and to this was immediately added triethylamine (TEA) or diisopropylethylamine (25.3 mmol). After stirring for 1 h, the reaction mixture was poured into ethyl ether (500 mL) and water (150 mL) in a separatory funnel. The mixture was shaken and the aqueous layer removed. This procedure was repeated using 150 mL saturated NaHCO3 and 150 mL brine. The organic layer was diluted with hexane until cloudy and dried (Na2SO4), concentrated under reduced pressure, then dissolved in 100 mL chloroform (stored over K2CO3), and concentrated again. This was placed on a high vacuum system to remove residual solvent yielding a foamy yellow/white solid.
- After remaining under vacuum on the pump overnight, this unpurified material was dissolved in methylene chloride 45 mL and cooled to −20° C. (methanol/ice). To this was added neat trifluoroacetic acid in 10-mL portions over 2 min to give a total addition of 30 mL. The entire mixture was stirred for exactly 30 min and then the cooling bath was removed for exactly 30 min. At this point, the reaction mixture was poured into a 1 L beaker containing a large stir bar and a rapidly agitated mixture of saturated bicarbonate solution (400 mL) and chloroform (150 mL). After completed addition, the pH of the mixture was verified to be 10 and adjusted with solid sodium bicarbonate if necessary. This mixture was poured into a separatory funnel. Any precipitated organic compounds were rinsed into the separatory funnel using a small amount of methanol. The beaker was then rinsed with a small amount of water which was added to the separatory funnel. The layers were agitated, separated, and the aqueous layer extracted five additional times using 3:1 methylene chloride:THF. It was observed that compounds with small groups R1 required additional extractions and/or sodium chloride saturation of the aqueous layer. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed at reduced pressure. The material was then placed on a high vacuum pump to yield a yellow foamy solid.
- Unpurified material from the deprotection step was dissolved in THF (150 mL) and cooled to −20° C. (methanol/ice). To this stirred mixture was added a solution of borane dimethylsulfide complex, 2M in THF (110 mmol) dropwise. The solution was then heated to reflux and held for 3 h after which time, the solution was cooled to −20° C., and to this was carefully added methanol (72 mL) dropwise. This mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature, 16.4 mL of 1M HCl in ethyl ether was added, the solution was allowed to stir for 30 min, and the solvents removed on a rotary evaporator. The resulting residue was partitioned between 3:1 methylene chloride:tetrahydofuran and water, the pH was adjusted to 10 with saturated sodium bicarbonate, and the aqueous layer was saturated with sodium chloride and extracted several times with 3:1 methylene chloride:tetrahydofuran. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed. This material was purified by flash chromatography on a silica gel column which was prepared by slurry packing with chloroform. The impure compounds were loaded on the column as a chloroform solution. Elution proceeded with neat chloroform followed by 3% methanol up to 10% methanol in chloroform as needed to elute the desired compounds. Product fractions were combined and the solvent was removed on a rotary evaporator. This material was dissolved in a minimum of hot ethyl acetate and allowed to crystallize. Crystalline material was isolated by filtration followed by washing with a small amount of ice-cold ethyl acetate and used directly in the next step after drying overnight in a vacuum oven.
- Introduction of Diversity Element R3 into Structure 7. The appropriate pure diamine 6, produced in the previous step (0.05 mmol×the number of derivatives being prepared), was dissolved in THF (2 mL×the number of derivatives being prepared) and to this was added TEA (0.1 mmol x the number of derivatives being prepared). Then, into prelabeled, 20-mL scintillation vials containing a stir bar was added one of the chosen carboxylic acids (0.05 mmol). To this was added the appropriate fraction of the diamine/TEA/THF mixture followed by 50 mL of a 1 M solution of BOP reagent in dimethylformamide (DMF). The vial was then capped with a telfon-lined lid and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. After this time, 4 mL of ethyl ether and 2 mL of water were added to the vial. After shaking and allowing the layers to settle, the aqueous layer was withdrawn with a pipette. Next, 2 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution was added and the procedure repeated. This was followed by a similar wash with saturated sodium chloride solution. Sodium sulfate was added to the vial, and after drying, the mixture was pipetted into a preweighed, prelabeled 20-mL scintillation vial via a 6-in Pasteur pipette containing a small cotton plug. Following this, 2 mL of chloroform was added to the drying agent and the vial shaken after which the chloroform rinse was filtered as above. The collecting vials were placed under a nitrogen outlet and allowed to evaporate. Once the solvent was removed, the vials were placed in a high vacuum desiccator and allowed to remain overnight. The vials were reweighed, and the crude yield determined by difference. Since pilot studies showed that the BOP-coupling reaction produced very clean samples, the products were used without further purification, and the purity was taken to be 100%.
- Prior to screening, all compounds were diluted to a concentration of 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). Dilution was accomplished by determining the mean mmol/vial for each batch of 20 reactions using an Excel 3.0 spreadsheet. Weights deviating from the mean by >±10% were grouped into a second and third set above and below the mean. These were also averaged within the same parameters. Any compounds not falling within the above sets were diluted individually according to their weight. This procedure permitted sample dilution to be accomplished using a minimum number of different volume deliveries of DMSO. Once diluted to 10 mM, 1-mL samples from each vial were withdrawn and placed in rows A and E (one compound/well) of a 1 mL×96-well polypropylene microtiter plate. Serial dilution was then performed using Matrix multichannel pipettors which provided a 1-mM solution in rows B and F and a 0.1-mM solution in rows C and G. Once all of the compounds were transferred to plates and diluted to the proper concentration, the plates were placed in the refrigerator prior to assay.
- N-(2′-Aminoethyl)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6a). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-glycine and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 15% yield:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.13-7.062 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 6.77-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.59-6.55 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.29 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.5 (d, 2H, J=3.1 Hz), 2.46-2.27 (m, 3H), 2.00 (s, 1H), 1.6 (d, 2H, J=3.1 Hz), 1.68 (d, 1H, J=13.7 Hz), 1.29 (s, 3H), 0.89 (d, 3H, J=7.0 Hz); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 158.5, 152.9, 130.0, 117.9, 113.9, 113.3, 61.6, 57.1, 51.5, 40.2, 39.5, 39.1, 32.0, 28.2, 16.7. MS (electrospray) M+1=249. Calculated=249.
- N-(2′-Methylaminoethyl)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6b). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-sarcosine and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 32% yield:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.9 (t, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 6.77 (d, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 2.95-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.66 (dd, 12.61-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.52 (td, 1H), 2.37 (td, 1H), 2.03-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.69 (brd, 1H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 0.89 (d, 3H, J=7.0 Hz); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 130.0, 118.0, 113.8, 113.3, 57.4, 56.7, 51.1, 48.2, 40.2, 39.4, 35.0, 31.9, 28.1, 16.6. MS (electrospray) M+1=263. Calculated=263.
- N-[(2′S)-Aminopropyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6c). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-L-alanine and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 56% yield:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.11-7.08 (t, 1H, J=7.7), 6.78-6.76 (d, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.59-6.57 (d, 1H), 2.953-2.902 (m, 1H), 2.874-2.826 (m, 2H), 2.676-2.647 (dd, 1H), 2.618-2.559 (m, 2H), 2.548 (s, 3H), 2.541-2.400 (td, 1H), 2.342-2.284 (td, 1H), 2.030-2.002 (m, 1H), 1.613-1.587 (brd, 1H), 1.303 (s, 3H), 0.800-0.786 (d, 3H, J=7.0); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) d 130.0, 118.0, 113.8, 113.3, 57.4, 56.7, 51.1, 48.2, 40.2, 39.4, 35.0, 31.9, 28.1, 16.6. MS (electrospray) M+1=263. Calculated=263.
- N-[(2′S)-(Methylamino)propyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6d). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-N-methyl-L-alanine17 and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 33% yield: 1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.18 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.76 (d, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.57 (d, 1H), 2.72-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.47 (m, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.00-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.56 (dd, 1H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.03 (d, 3H, J=6.2 Hz), 0.65 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 158.4, 153.3, 130.1, 117.9, 113.7, 113.3, 65.1, 56.0, 52.9, 52.9, 40.0, 39.5, 33.7, 31.9, 28.0, 17.3, 16.7. MS (electrospray) M+1=277. Calculated=277.
- N-[(2′S)-Amino-3′-methylbutyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6e). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-L-valine and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 78% yield:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.126-7.062 (t, 1H), 6.769-6.735 (m, 2H), 6.603-6.558 (m, 1H), 2.657-2.179 (m, 8H), 2.000 (brs, 1H), 1.583-1.502 (m, 2H), 1.294 (s, 3H), 0.978-0.912 (q, 6H), 0.789-0.761 (d, 3H); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 158.5, 153.3, 130.1, 117.8, 113.8, 113.3, 63.4, 55.8, 54.1, 53.3, 40.0, 39.5, 33.1, 31.9, 28.1, 19.6, 19.2, 16.8. MS (electrospray) M+1=291. Calculated=291.
- N-[(2′R)-Amino-3′-methylbutyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6f). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-D-valine and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 62% yield:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.11-7.08 (t, 1H), 6.78-6.76 (d, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.59-6.57 (dd, 1H), 3.139-3.097 (m, 1H), 2.953 (brs, 1H), 2.894-2.865 (dd, 1H), 2.546-2.500 (m, 2H), 2.401-2.292 (m, 3H), 2.046-2.034 (brm, 1H), 1.894-1.827 (sext, 1H), 1.62-1.30 (m, 1H), 1.311 (s, 3H), 1.042-1.006 (dd, 6H), 0.834-0.820 (d, 3H); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 152.9, 130.1, 118.0, 113.8, 113.3, 59.8, 58.8, 55.2, 50.0, 40.4, 39.4, 31.6, 31.1, 28.0, 18.8, 18.5, 16.5. MS (electrospray) M+1=291. Calculated=291.
- N-[(2′S)-Amino-4′-methylpentyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6 g). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-L-leucine and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 56% yield:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.09 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.76 (d, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.57 (dd, 1H, J=2.2, 7.9 Hz), 3.03-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.73 (d, 1H, J=11.2 Hz), 2.64 (d, 1H, J=11.1 Hz), 2.56 (td, 1H, J=2.5, 12.0 Hz), 2.48 (dd, 1H, J=2.7, 11.4 Hz), 2.33 (td, 1H, J=4.5, 12.7 Hz), 2.25 (dd, 1H. J=3.6, 12.4 Hz), 2.19-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.75 (sept, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 1.56 (d, 1H. J=13.0 Hz), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.27-1.15 (m, 2H). 0.94-0.91 (m, 6H), 0.07 (d, 3H, J=7.0 Hz); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 158.3, 153.3, 130.1, 117.9, 113.7, 113.2, 65.7, 56.0, 53.1, 46.5, 45.2, 40.0, 39.5, 31.9, 28.0, 25.8, 23.7, 22.6, 16.7. MS (electrospray) M+1=305. Calculated=305.
- N-[(2′S)-Amino-3′-methylpentyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6 h). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-L-isoleucine and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 47% yield:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.19 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.76 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 6.73-6.73 (m, 1H), 6.58-6.56 (dd, 1H, J=2.1, 7.9 Hz), 2.86-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.502-2.474 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 11.4 Hz), 2.40-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.41 (m, 1H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.24-1.17 (m, 1H), 0.98-0.87(m, 6H), 300.78 (d, 3H, J=7.0 Hz); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 158.3, 153.2, 130.1, 117.9, 113.7, 113.3, 61.9, 55.9, 53.1, 52.9, 49.0, 40.0, 39.5, 39.3, 31.9, 28.0, 26.6, 16.7, 15.1, 11.8. MS (electrospray) M+1=305. Calculated=305.
- N-[(2′S)-Amino-2′-cyclohexylethyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6i). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-L-cyclohexylglycine and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 63% yield:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.18 (t, 1H. J=7.9), 6.76 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.57 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 2.74-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.45 (d, 1H, J=10.0 Hz), 2.48 (dd, 1H, J=2.9, 12.4 Hz), 2.36 (td, 1H, J=4.3, 12.6 Hz), 2.23 (t, 1H, J=11.6 Hz), 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.74 (m, 3H), 1.67 (d, 2H, J=11.9 Hz), 1.57 (d, 1H. J=13.0 Hz), 1.39-1.16 (m, 7H), 1.09 (quint, 2H, J=12.4 Hz), 0.77 (d, 3H, J=6.8 Hz); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 158.3, 153.3, 130.1, 117.9, 113.7, 113.3, 162.6, 55.8, 53.4, 53.1, 42.9, 40.0, 39.5, 31.9, 30.9, 30.5, 30.2, 28.0, 27.6, 27.4, 16.7. MS (electrospray) M+1=331. Calculated=331.
- N-[(2′S)-Methylamino-2′-phenylethyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-piperidine (6j). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-N-methyl-phenylglycine17 and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 44% yield: 1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.34-7.22 (m, 5H), 7.13 (t, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 6.80-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.61-6.69 (m, 1H), 3.63 (dd, 1H, J=3.7, 12.6 Hz), 2.73 (brd, 2H, J=7.6 Hz), 2.64-2.52 (m, 3H), 2.38 (dd, 2H, J=3.6, 12.6 Hz), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.04 (brd, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 1.59 (d, 1H, J=12.9), 1.312 (s, 3H), 0.818-0.790 (d, 3H, J=6.9); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 147.3, 142.5, 131.5, 119.5, 119.0, 118.0, 107.4, 103.2, 102.7, 68.7, 68.233, 67.7, 55.2, 52.9, 45.1, 42.5, 42.5, 29.2, 28.9, 24.2, 21.3, 17.7. MS (electrospray) M+1=339. Calculated=339.
- N-[(2′S)-Amino-3′-phenylpropyl]-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (6k). Prepared from N-(tert-butoxy)-L-phenylalanine and (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine according to the general procedure in 44% yield:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.29 (t, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.24-7.06 (m, 5H), 6.75-6.71 (m, 2H), 6.57-6.55(m, 1H), 3.86-3.84 (m, 5H), 3.22-3.94 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.39 (m, 5H), 2.35-2.24 (m, 2H), 1.97 (t, 1H, J=6.4 Hz), 1.54 (t, 1H, J=12.7 Hz), 1.27 (s, 3H), 0.74 (dd, 3H, J=6.95, 21.04 Hz); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 158.3, 153.3, 139.9, 130.6, 130.3, 130.0, 129.6, 129.2, 127.5, 127.1, 118.0, 117.9, 113.8, 113.7, 113.2, 65.0, 64.7, 61.0, 57.3, 56.1, 52.9, 52.1, 50.5, 49.5, 49.3, 49.2, 49.0, 48.8, 48.7, 48.5, 41.9, 41.5, 40.3, 40.0, 39.4, 31.9, 28.0, 16.7. MS (electrospray) M+1=339. Calculated=339.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (8). Prepared from compound 6e and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure above in 74% yield and purified by silica gel chromatography. The hydrochloride salt was prepared using 1 M HCl in ethyl ether/methanol and precipitated from ethyl acetate: mp 136-140° C.;1H NMR (free base). CD3OD δ 7.16 (t, J=7.94, Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=8.45 Hz, 2H), 6.76 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 6.72-6.69 (m, 2H), 6.65 (dd, J=8.04, 1.76 Hz, 1H), 4.02-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.57 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (ddd, J=2.90, 11.6, 13.4 Hz, 2H), 3.03 (dd, J=10.5, 13.4 Hz, 1 Hz), 2.84 (t, 7.07 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (t, 7.58 Hz, 2H), 2.43 (dt, J=13.21, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.36-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.85 (d, J=14.5 Hz, 1H), 1.87-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 3H), 0.92 (t, J=6.98 Hz, 6H), 0.815 (d, J=7.53, 3H); 13C NMR, CD3OD δ 176.3, 159., 157.7, 153.8, 133.8, 131.3, 131.0, 118.9, 117.1, 114.6, 114.2, 62.0, 57.2, 53.2, 52.8, 40.9, 40.3, 33.1, 33.1, 32.5, 31.7, 28.8, 20.6, 18.9, 17.3. MS (electrospray) M+1=439. Anal. (C27H39ClN2O3.1.5H2O): C, H, N.
- Compounds cited in Table 1 were removed from the library and purified by silica gel chromatography. The purity of the library sample was determined according to the formula [(mg isolated sample/mg crude mass sample)×100].
- N-{(2′R)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (9). Prepared from compound 6f and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (85%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.83 (s, 3H), 7.13-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.77-6.67 (m, 4H), 6.61-6.57 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.89 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.78 (m, 3H), 2.62-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.48 (d, 3H, J=8.0 Hz), 2.36-2.14 (m, 4H), 1.94 (brd, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 1.76 (sept, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 1.51 (brd, 1H, J=11.0 Hz), 1.26 (s, 3H), 0.84-0.74 (m, 9H). MS (electrospray) M+1=439. Calculated=439.
- N-{(2′S)-[(3-Phenylpropanamido)-3′-methyl]butyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (10). Prepared from compound 6e and 3-phenylpropionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (87%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.25-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.13 (m, 4H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.76 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 6.70-6.68 (m, 1H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 4.02-3.97 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.64 (brd, 1H, J=1.3 Hz), 2.57-2.40 (m, 6H), 2.27-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.56 (d, 1H, J=13.0 Hz), 1.28 (s, 3H), 0.81 (t, 6H, J=6.8 Hz), 0.69 (d, 3H, J=6.8 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=423. Calculated=423.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (11). Prepared from compound 6e and 3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (84%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.24-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.03 (m, 3H), 6.76-6.57 (m, 5H), 3.32-3.29 (m, 4H), 2.85-2.17 (m, 8H), 1.97 (brs, 1H), 1.75-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.57 (brd, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 1.28 (s, 3H) 0.863 (t, 6H, J=6.5 Hz), 0.72 (d, 3H, J=7.0). MS (electrospray) M+1=439. Calculated=439.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (12). Prepared from compound 6e and 3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (85%);1H NMR (CDCl3-d) δ 7.04-6.82 (m, 3H), 6.66-6.65 (m, 2H), 6.48-6.39 (m, 3H), 3.97-3.94 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.76 (d, 1H, J=11 Hz), 2.56-2.22 (m, 8H), 1.94-1.93 (brm, 1H), 1.80 (sextet, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 1.52 (d, 1H, J=13.3 Hz), 1.26 (s, 3H), 0.84 (dd, 6H, J=13.1 Hz), 0.75 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=439. Calculated=439.
- N-{(2′S)-[(4-Hydroxyphenyl)acetamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (13). Prepared from compound 6e and 4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (88%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.14-7.06 (m, 3H), 6.67-6.69 (m, 4H), 6.58 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 3.95-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.15 (m, 6H), 1.90 (brs, 1H), 1.81-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.51 (d, 2H, J=12.5 Hz), 1.25 (s, 3H), 0.86 (t, 6H, J=6.7 Hz), 0.67 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=425. Calculated=425.
- N-{(2′S)-[trans-3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)acrylamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (14). Prepared from compound 6e and trans-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)cinnamic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (85%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.25-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.11-7.04 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.72 (m, 4H), 6.56 (d, 1H, J=9.5 Hz). 6.47 (d, 1H, J=12.7 Hz), 4.10 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.26 (m, 5H), 1.95 (m. 2H), 1.56 (d, 1H, J=13.1), 1.28 (s, 3H), 0.94 (t, 6H, J=6.8 Hz), 0.70 (d, 3H, J=6.9) MS (electrospray) M+1=437. Calculated=437.
- N-{(2 ′S)-[3-(4-Fluorophenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (15). Prepared from compound 6e and 3-(4-1 fluorophenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (89%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.23-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.69 (t, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 6.99-6.92 (m, 2H), 6.76-6.73 (m, 2H), 6.60-6.54 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.90 (m, 1H), 2.88 (t, 2H, J=7.7), 2.76 (d, 1H, J=10.3 Hz), 2.65-2.32 (m, 8H), 1.97 (brs, 1H), 1.73-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.54 (d, 1H, J=12.1 Hz), 1.27 (s, 3H), 0.80 (t, 6H, J=5.8 Hz), 0.71 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=441. Calculated=441.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (16). Prepared from compound 6e and 3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (78%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.09 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.76-6.73 (m, 2H), 6.67-6.49 (m, 4H), 3.92 (brs, 1H), 2.74 (t, 3H, J=7.6 Hz), 2.63-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.15 (m, 7H), 1.94 (brs, 1H), 1.75-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.55 (d, 1H, J=12.1 Hz), 1.27 (s, 3H), 0.82 (t, 6H, J=6.4 Hz), 0.71 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=455. Calculated=455.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(3-Methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (17). Prepared from compound 6e and 3-(3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (87%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) d 7.15 (t, 1H, J=7.7 Hz), 6.81-6.76 (m, 3H), 6.67 (d, 3H, J=3.3 Hz), 3.98 (brm, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.86-2.69 (m, 3H), 2.53-2.22 (m, 8H), 1.89 (brs, 2H), 1.55 (d, 1H, J=12.0 Hz), 1.27 (s, 3H), 0.82 (dd, 6H, J=6.6, 3.2 Hz), 0.67 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=469. Calculated=469.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(3-Methoxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (18). Prepared from compound 6e and 3-(3-methoxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (88%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.30-7.12 (m, 4H), 6.9-6.8 (m, 4H), 3.95 (brs, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.96 (d, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 2.86-2.72 (m, 5H), 2.65-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.14 (m, 7H), 1.91(brs, 1H), 1.73-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.52 (d, 1H, J=13.0 Hz), 1.26 (s, 3H), 0.81 (t, 6H, J=6.7 Hz), 0.67 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=453. Calculated=453.
- N-{2′-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]ethyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (19). Prepared from compound 6a and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (82%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.13-6.99 (m, 3H), 6.79-6.67 (m, 4H), 6.59 (dd, 1H, J=7.3, 1.8 Hz), 3.32-3.25 (m, 3H), 2.83-2.77 (m, 3H), 2.58 (s, 2H), 2.46-2.15 (m, 6H), 1.98 (brs, 1H), 1.58 (brd, 1H, J=12.8 Hz), 1.29 (s, 3H), 0.76 (d, 3H, J=7.0 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=397. Calculated=397.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]propyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (20). Prepared from compound 6c and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (88%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.08 (t, 1H. J=8.1 Hz), 6.98 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.74-6.67 (m, 4H), 6.7 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.03 (dd, 1H, J=6.4 Hz), 2.81-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.49 (s, 2H), 2.44-2.26 (m, 4H), 2.16 (td, 2H, J=3.7, 10.9 Hz), 1.92-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.50 (d, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.04 (d, 3H, J=6.4 Hz), 0.71 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=411. Calculated=411.
- N-{2′-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-N-methylpropanamido]ethyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (21). Prepared from compound 6b and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (78%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7:84 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.77-6.69 (m, 4H), 6.60 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 3.47-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.92-2.90 (m, 3H), 2.82-2.77 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.47-2.18 (m, 3H), 1.96 (brs, 1H), 1.58-1.49 (m, 3H), 1.27 (d, 3H, J=2.91 Hz), 0.73 (t, 3H, J=6.5 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=411. Calculated=411.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-N-methylpropanamido]propyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (22). Prepared from compound 6d and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (89%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.09 (t, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 6.99 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 6.78-6.66 (m, 4H), 6.58-6.56 (m, 1H), 4.92-4.86 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.95 (brm, 1H), 1.55 (brd, 1H, J=14.3 Hz), 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.02 (d, 3H, J=6.7 Hz), 0.66 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=425. Calculated=425.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-N-methylpropanamido]-2′-phenylethyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (23). Prepared according to the general procedure using compound 6j and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid according to the general procedure. Purity (86%);1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.69-7.66 (n, 1H), 7.45-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.32-6.97 (m, 7H), 6.76 (d, 1H, J=9.4 Hz), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.66-6.64 (m, 1H), 6.59-6.57 (m, 1H), 6.05 (q, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 3.00-2.71 (m, 9H), 2.65-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.29 (td, 1H, J=4.3, 8.4 Hz), 2.01-2.00 (brm, 1H), 1.59 (brd, 1H, J=12.0 Hz), 1.32-1.28 (m, 6H), 0.71 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz). MS (electrospray) M+1=487. Calculated=487.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]4′-methylpentyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (24). Prepared according to the general coupling procedure (though on a 3-mmol scale) using compound 6g and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid in 85% yield. Crude products were then purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% methanol in chloroform:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.26-7.06 (m, 6H), 6.97 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.76-6.66 (m, 3H), 6.58 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.27 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.84-2.23 (m, 10H), 1.93 (brd, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.52 (d, 1H, J=12.0 Hz), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.05 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 0.74 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 164.0, 147.5, 143.0, 142.6, 129.0, 122.3, 119.9, 119.6, 119.3, 118.5, 116.5, 107.3, 105.5, 103.0, 102.2, 51.6, 46.1, 40.8, 29.4, 29.3, 29.3, 28.7, 21.4, 21.0, 17.3.-Anal. (C28H40N2O3): C, H, N.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylpentyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (25). Prepared according to the general procedure (though on a 3-mmol scale) using compound 6h and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid in 81% yield. Crude products were then purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% methanol in chloroform:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.59 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.76 (m, 3H), 6.52-6.45 (m, 3H), 6.36 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 3.89 (brs, 1H), 2.56-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.39-1.95 (m, 9H), 1.70 (brs, 1H), 1.32-1.10 (m, 3H), 1.03 (s, 5H), 0.65-0.61 (m, 8H), 0.52-0.42 (m, 3H); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 163.8, 147.5, 146.0, 142.6, 122.2, 119.7, 119.4, 107.4, 105.5, 103.1, 102.6, 68.7, 53.7, 46.2, 41.0, 39.4, 39.1, 35.4, 33.4, 29.5, 28.9, 28.7, 21.5, 21.2, 17.5, 15.1, 13.3, 11.9. Anal. (C28H40N2O3): C, H, N.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-2′-cyclohexylethyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (26). Prepared according to the general procedure (though on a 3-mmol scale) using compound 6i and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid in 87% yield. Crude products were then purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% methanol in chloroform:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.85-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.11-6.97 (m, 3H), 6.74-6.56 (m, 5H), 3.99-3.97 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 3H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.12 (m, 7H), 1.94 (brs, 1H), 1.54-1.26 (m, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.02-0.68 (m, 10H); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 164.1, 147.5, 146.0, 142.6, 122.2, 119.7, 119.4, 107.3, 105.5, 103.1, 102.5, 68.7, 49.4, 45.5, 41.3, 40.9, 29.4, 28.8, 28.4, 21.5, 21.1, 17.4, 15.4. Anal. (C30H24N2O3): C, H, N.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-phenylpropyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (27). Prepared according to the general procedure (though on a 3-mmol scale) using compound 6k and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid in 82% yield. Crude products were then purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-25% methanol in chloroform:1H NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 7.88(s, 1H), 7.12-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.76-6.66 (m, 4H), 6.59-6.55 (m, 1H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 2.78 (q, 3H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.62-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.24 (m, 6H), 1.66-1.50 (m, 6H), 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.16-1.03 (m, 3H), 0.88-0.84 (m, 2H), 0.71 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz); 13C NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 164.1, 147.5, 146.0, 142.6, 122.1, 119.8, 119.4, 107.3, 105.5, 103.1, 102.6, 68.7, 50.1, 45.6, 41.2, 41.1, 31.7, 29.4, 28.8, 21.5, 21.1, 20.3, 18.4, 17.4, 16.8. Anal. (C31H28N2O3): C, H, N.
- Opioid Binding Assays. Mu binding sites were labeled using [3H][D-Ala2-MePhe4,Gly-ol5]enkephalin ([3H]DAMGO) (2.0 nM, SA=45.5 Ci/mmol), and delta binding sites were labeled using [3H][D-Ala2,D-Leu5]enkephalin (2.0 nM, SA=47.5 Ci/mmol) using rat brain membranes prepared as described.4 Kappa-1 binding sites were labeled using [3H]U69,593 (2.0 nM, SA=45.5 Ci/mmol) and guinea pig membranes pretreated with BIT and FIT to deplete the mu and delta binding sites.5
- [3H]DAMGO binding proceeded as follows: 12×75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 μL of the test drug which was diluted in binding buffer (BB: 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, containing 1 mg/mL BSA), followed by 50 μL of BB, and 100 μL of [3H]DAMGO in a protease inhibitor cocktail (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, which contained bacitracin (1 mg/mL), bestatin (100 μg/mL), leupeptin (40 μg/mL), and chymostatin (20 μg/mL). Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 μL of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.2 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C. The ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2×. Nonspecific binding was determined using 20 μM levallorphan. Under these conditions, the Kd of [3H]DAMGO binding was 4.35 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash-buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4).
- [3H][D-Ala2,D-Leu5]enkephalin binding proceeded as follows: 12×75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 μL of the test drug which was diluted in BB, followed by 100 μL of a salt solution containing choline chloride (1 M, final concentration of 100 mM), MnCl2 (30 mM, final concentration of 3.0 mM), and, to block mu sites, DAMGO (1000 nM, final concentration of 100 nM), followed by 50 μL of [3H][D-Ala2,D-Leu5]enkephalin in the protease inhibitor cocktail. Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 μL of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.41 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C. The ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2×. Nonspecific binding was determined using 20 μM levallorphan. Under these conditions the Kd of [3H][D-Ala2,D-Leu5]enkephalin binding was 2.95 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4).
- [3H]U69,593 binding proceeded as follows: 12×75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 μL of the test drug which was diluted in BB, followed by 50 μL of BB, followed by 100 μL of [3H]U69,593 in the standard protease inhibitor cocktail with the addition of captopril (1 mg/mL in 0.1N acetic acid containing 10 mM 2-mercapto-ethanol to give a final concentration of 1 μg/mL). Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 μL of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.4 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C. The ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2×. Nonspecific binding was determined using 1 μM U69,593. Under these conditions the Kd of [3H]U69,593 binding was 3.75 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4) containing 1% PEI.
- For all three assays, the filtration step proceeded as follows: 4 mL of the wash buffer was added to the tubes, rapidly filtered and was followed by two additional wash cycles. The tritium retained on the filters was counted, after an overnight extraction into ICN Cytoscint cocktail, in a Taurus-beta counter at 44% efficiency.
- [35S]-GTP-γ-S Binding Assay. Ten frozen guinea pig brains (Harlan Bioproducts for Science, Inc, Indianapolis, Ind.) were thawed, and the caudate putamen were dissected and homogenized in buffer A (3 mL/caudate) (Buffer A=10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 at 4° C. containing 4 μg/mL leupeptin, 2 μg/mL chymostatin, 10 μg/mL bestatin, and 100 μg/mL bacitracin) using a polytron (Brinkman) at setting 6 until a uniform suspension was achieved. The homogenate was centrifuged at 30,000×g for 10 min at 4° C. and the supernatant discarded. The membrane pellets were washed by resuspension and centrifugation twice more with fresh buffer A, aliquotted into microfuge tubes, and centrifuged in a Tomy refrigerated microfuge (model MTX 150) at maximum speed for 10 min. The supernatants were discarded, and the pellets were stored at −80° C. until assayed.
- For the [35S]GTP-γ-S binding assay, all drug dilutions were made up in buffer B [50 mM TRIS-HCl, pH 7.7/0.1% BSA]. Briefly, 12×75 mm polystyrene test tubes received the following additions: (a) 50 μL buffer B with or without an agonist, (b) 50 μL buffer B with or without 60 μM GTP-γ-S for nonspecific binding, (c) 50 μL buffer B with or without an antagonist, (d) 50 μL salt solution which contained in buffer B 0.3 nM [35S]GTP-γ-S, 600 mM NaCl, 600 μM GDP, 6 mM dithiothreitol, 30 mM MgCl2, and 6 mM EDTA, and (e) 100 μL membranes in buffer B to give a final concentration of 10 μg per tube. The final concentration of the reagents were 100 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM dithiothreitol, 100 μM GDP, 0.1% BSA, 0.05-0.1 nM [35S]GTP-γ-S, 500 nM or 10 μM agonists, and varying concentrations (at least IO different concentrations) of antagonists. The reaction was initiated by the addition of membranes and terminated after 4 h by addition of 3 mL ice-cold (4° C.) purified water (Milli-Q uv-Plus, Millipore) followed by rapid vacuum filtration through Whatman GF/B filters presoaked in purified water. The filters were then washed once with 5 mL ice-cold water. Bound radioactivity was counted by liquid scintillation spectroscopy using a Taurus (Micromedic) liquid scintillation counter at 98% efficiency after an overnight extraction in 5 mL Cytoscint scintillation fluid. Nonspecific binding was determined in the presence of 10 μM GTP-γ-S. Assays were performed in triplicate, and each experiment was performed at least 3×.
- Data Analysis. The data of the two separate experiments (opioid binding assays) or three experiments ([35S]-GTP-γ-S assay) were pooled and fit, using the nonlinear least-squares curve-fitting language MLAB-PC (Civilized Software, Bethesda, Md.), to the two-parameter logistic equation6 for the best-fit estimates of the IC50 and slope factor. The Ki values were then determined using the equation: IC50/1+([L]/Kd).
- % Inhibition Data for Compounds of Formula (I) in a Kappa Receptor Assay
R1 R2 R3 (acid) % Inhibition H H PA5 13 H H BA1 20 H H BA2 20 H H BA4 21 H H BA6 32 H H BA8 11 H H BA9 24 H H BA10 28 H H BA12 6 H H BA13 9 H H BA14 11 H H BA16 11 H H BA22 2 H H BA23 13 H H BA24 2 H H BA25 6 H H AA2 1 H H AA4 0 H H PP1 9 H H PP2 23 H H PP3 17 H H PP4 1 H H PP5 8 H H PP6 14 H H PP12 29 H H PP15 19 H H FA1 13 H H FA2 9 H H FA3 50 H H FA4 33 H H FA5 39 H H PA6 27 H H FA7 29 H H FA8 35 H H FA9 33 H H FA10 8 H H HA1 20 H H HA2 42 H H HA3 9 H H HA4 15 H H HA5 20 H H OA23 8 H H PB1 37 H H CA2 35 H H CA10 23 H H CA11 13 H H CA12 15 H H PA38 14 H H CA19 10 H H CA20 12 H H CA22 19 H H CA38 27 H H PA9 18 H H PA10 9 H H PA13 25 H H PA15 17 H H PA18 16 H H PA23 9 H H PA27 18 H H PA28 9 H H PA29 10 H H PA32 22 H H PA3 20 H H PA4 11 H H PA7 9 H H PA17 13 H H PA22 19 H H PA8 23 H H NA1 16 H H NA2 6 H H NA3 13 H H NA4 1 H H NA5 10 H H NA6 2 H H NA7 2 H H NA8 15 H H NA9 26 H H NA10 22 H H NA11 15 H H BA7 2 H H PA38 5 H H AA1 8 H H AA2 6 H H AA4 3 H H PP6 11 H CH3 BA4 12 H CH3 BA10 13 H CH3 BA1 6 H CH3 CA1 9 H CH3 CA5 6 H CH3 PA37 5 H CH3 PA5 11 H CH3 PA14 0 H CH3 PA32 0 H CH3 PP2 0 H CH3 PP5 0 H CH3 PP6 0 H CH3 PP1 0 H CH3 PP7 0 H CH3 BA11 0 H CH3 CA4 0 αi-Pr H BA4 9 αi-Pr H BA5 19 αi-Pr H BA8 0 αi-Pr H BA7 5 αi-Pr H BA11 0 αi-Pr H BA12 0 αi-Pr H BA13 26 αi-Pr H BA15 1 αi-Pr H BA19 0 αi-Pr H BA20 0 αi-Pr H BA21 3 αi-Pr H CA1 0 αi-Pr H CA10 0 αi-Pr H CA11 0 αi-Pr H CA7 0 αi-Pr H PA5 6 αi-Pr H PA7 14 αi-Pr H PA9 0 αi-Pr H PA10 0 αi-Pr H PA13 10 αi-Pr H PA15 4 αi-Pr H PA18 7 αi-Pr H PA22 0 αi-Pr H PA27 18 αi-Pr H PA28 6 αi-Pr H CA16 0 αi-Pr H CA18 0 αi-Pr H PA29 1 αi-Pr H PP1 28 αi-Pr H PP2 3 αi-Pr H PP3 27 αi-Pr H PP4 18 αi-Pr H PP5 20 αi-Pr H PP6 70 αi-Pr H PP7 13 αi-Pr H PP8 17 αi-Pr H PP12 23 αi-Pr H PP15 26 αi-Pr H PP16 31 αi-Pr H PP17 43 αi-Pr H CA5 4 αi-Pr H CA7 16 αi-Pr H CA12 15 αi-Pr H PA8 21 αi-Pr H PA23 6 αi-Pr H PA32 13 αi-Pr H BA1 3 αi-Pr H CA4 3 αi-Pr H PA18 7 αi-Pr H NA1 14 αi-Pr H NA2 3 αi-Pr H NA3 16 αi-Pr H NA4 43 αi-Pr H NA5 61 αi-Pr H NA6 1 αi-Pr H NA7 22 αi-Pr H NA8 3 αi-Pr H NA9 33 αi-Pr H NA10 3 αi-Pr H NA11 34 αi-Pr H BA7 25 αi-Pr H PA38 4 αi-Pr H AA1 3 αi-Pr H AA2 4 αi-Pr H AA4 13 αi-Pr H CA2 5 αi-Pr H FA1 5 αi-Pr H FA2 6 αi-Pr H FA3 9 αi-Pr H FA4 17 αi-Pr H FA5 10 αi-Pr H FA6 10 αi-Pr H FA7 10 αi-Pr H FA8 27 αi-Pr H FA9 14 αi-Pr H FA10 6 αi-Pr H HA1 6 αi-Pr H HA2 1 αi-Pr H HA3 0 αi-Pr H HA4 10 αi-Pr H HA5 10 αi-Pr H OA23 0 αi-Pr H PB1 7 αi-Pr H PA14 8 βi-Pr H PP4 52 βi-Pr H PP6 11 βi-Pr H PP8 10 βi-Pr H PP12 50 βi-Pr H PP15 24 βi-Pr H PP16 8 βi-Pr H PP17 10 βi-Pr H PP18 5 αCH3 H PP6 11 αCH3 CH3 CA1 3 αCH3 CH3 CA2 0 αCH3 CH3 CA8 0 αCH3 CH3 CA14 0 αCH3 CH3 CA15 1 αCH3 CH3 CA19 0 αCH3 CH3 CA20 10 αCH3 CH3 CA24 5 αCH3 CH3 CA28 0 αCH3 CH3 CA30 7 αCH3 CH3 BA1 7 αCH3 CH3 BA4 7 αCH3 CH3 BA8 8 αCH3 CH3 BA13 8 αCH3 CH3 BA19 8 αCH3 CH3 BA20 5 αCH3 CH3 BA21 5 αCH3 CH3 BA23 6 αCH3 CH3 BA25 5 αCH3 CH3 PA5 6 αCH3 CH3 PA8 1 αCH3 CH3 PA10 0 αCH3 CH3 PA19 0 αCH3 CH3 PA21 0 αCH3 CH3 PA27 4 αCH3 CH3 PA28 0 αCH3 CH3 PA29 1 αCH3 CH3 PA32 0 αCH3 CH3 PA14 0 αCH3 CH3 PP1 6 αCH3 CH3 PP4 2 αCH3 CH3 PP5 3 αCH3 CH3 PP7 1 αCH3 CH3 PP8 0 αCH3 CH3 PP10 5 αCH3 CH3 BAL1 0 αCH3 CH3 GAB1 0 αCH3 CH3 INP1 0 αCH3 CH3 CA13 1 αCH3 CH3 PA17 0 αCH3 CH3 PA9 10 αCH3 CH3 BA24 2 αCH3 CH3 PP2 5 αCH3 CH3 PP3 1 αCH3 CH3 PP6 1 αCH3 CH3 PA20 4 αPh CH3 CA1 0 αPh CH3 CA4 0 αPh CH3 CA9 1 αPh CH3 CA14 0 αPh CH3 CA15 3 αPh CH3 CA19 0 αPh CH3 CA20 2 αPh CH3 BA1 3 αPh CH3 BA2 0 αPh CH3 BA4 0 αPh CH3 PA14 3 αPh CH3 PA19 0 αPh CH3 PP1 4 αPh CH3 PP2 4 αPh CH3 OA1 9 αPh CH3 OA3 4 αPh CH3 CA2 5 αPh CH3 BA21 7 αPh CH3 PP3 5 αPh CH3 GAB1 11 αPh CH3 BA8 4 αPh CH3 BA10 0 αPh CH3 BA15 15 αPh CH3 PA8 1 αPh CH3 PA9 0 αPh CH3 PA10 6 αPh CH3 PA20 6 αPh CH3 PA21 9 αPh CH3 PP6 7 αPh CH3 PP7 0 αPh CH3 PP8 0 αPh CH3 OA2 0 -
Amino Alkyl Acids AA 1 1-Piperidine Propionic Acid 157.21 AA 2 2-N,N-Dimethyl Glycine 103.21 AA 3 3-N,N-Dimethyl Amino Propionic Acid AA 4 4-N,N-Dimethyl Amino Butyric Acid 167.64 Benzoic Acids BA 1 Benzoic Acid 122.12 BA 2 2-Chlorobenzoic Acid 156.57 BA 3 2-Acetamidobenzoic Acid 179.18 BA 4 2-Phenoxybenzoic Acid 214.22 BA 6 3-Chlorobenzoic Acid 156.57 BA 8 3-Phenoxybenzoic Acid 214.22 BA 9 3-Hydroxybenzoic Acid 138.12 BA 10 4-Chlorobenzoic Acid 156.57 BA 7 4-Dimethylaminobenzoic Acid 165.19 BA 12 4-Dodecyloxybenzoic Acid 306.45 BA 13 4-Butoxybenzoic Acid 212.69 BA 14 4-Hydroxybenzoic Acid 138.12 BA 16 4-tert-butylbenzoic Acid 178.23 BA 18 4-Acetamidobenzoic Acid 179.18 BA 19 o-Anisic Acid 152.15 BA 20 m-Anisic Acid 152.15 BA 21 p-Anisic Acid 152.15 BA 22 2-Benzoylbenoic Acid 226.23 BA 23 2-Biphenylbenzoic Acid 98.22 BA 24 4-Biphenylbenzoic Acid 98.22 BA 25 3-Dimethylaminobenzoic Acid 165.19 BA 26 2-Fluorobenzoic Acid 140.11 BA 27 3-Nitrobenzoic Acid 167.12 BA 28 o-Tolylic Acid 136.15 BA 29 m-Tolylic Acid 136.15 BA 30 p-Tolylic Acid 136.15 BA 31 4-Fluoro-3-nitrobenzoic 185.11 BA 32 3,4-Dichlorobenzoic Acid 191.01 BA33 2-Hydroxy Benzoic acid 138.12 BA34 4-Chloro-3-Nitro Benzoic Acid 201.57 BA35 4-Flurobenzoic Acid 140.11 BA36 2-Nitrobenzoic acid 167.12 BA37 4-Nitrobenzoic acid 167.12 Cinnamic Acids CA 1 a-Methylcinnamic Acid 162.19 CA 2 a-Phenylcinnamic Acid 226.4 CA 3 2-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxycinnamic Acid 287.11 CA 4 2-Chlorocinnamic Acid 182.61 CA 5 2,4-Dichlorocinnamic Acid 217.05 CA 6 3,4-Dihydroxycinnamic Acid 180.16 CA 7 2,4-Dimethoxycinnamic Acid 208.21 CA 8 3,5-Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxycinnamic Acid 276.37 CA 9 3-Fluorocinnamic Acid 166.15 CA 10 2-Hydroxycinnamic Acid 164.16 CA 11 3-Hydroxycinnamic Acid 164.16 CA 12 4-Hydroxycinnamic Acid 164.16 CA 13 2-Methoxycinnamic Acid 178.19 CA 14 3-Methoxycinnamic Acid 178.19 CA 15 4-Methoxycinnamic Acid 178.19 CA 16 2-Methylcinnamic Acid 162.19 CA 17 3-Methylcinnamic Acid 162.19 CA 18 4-Methylcinnamic Acid 162.19 CA 19 3-(1-Naphthyl)acrylic Acid 224.46 CA 20 4-Phenylcinnamic Acid 224.26 CA 21 3,4,5-Trimethoxycinnamic Acid 238.24 CA 22 4-Isopropylcinnamic acid 190.24 CA23 2,6-Dichloro 218.063 CA24 3-benzyloxy 254.234 CA25 2-bromo-4,5-dimethoxy 287.12 CA26 2-chloro-6-fluoro 200.6 CA27 alpha-methyl-2,4,5-trimethoxy 252.27 CA28 2-n-hexyloxy 250.22 CA29 5-bromo-2-methoxy 257.09 CA30 2-benzyloxy 254.234 CA31 2,4,5-trimethoxy 238.24 CA32 2,6-difluoro 184.14 CA33 2-t-butylthio 236.157 CA34 2-chloro-5-nitro 227.61 CA35 2,3-dimethoxy 208.21 CA36 3,5-dit-butyl-4-hydroxy 276.37 CA37 2,5-dimethoxy 208.22 CA38 trans-Cinnamic Acid 147 CA39 cis-Cinnamic Acid 147 Fatty Acids FA 1 Acetic Acid 60.05 FA 2 Propionic Acid 74.08 FA 3 Pivalic Acid 102.13 FA 4 1-Phenyl-1-cyclopentane Acid 162.19 FA 5 1-Phenyl-1-cyclopropane Acid 190.24 FA 6 Isovaleric Acid 102.13 FA 7 4-Methylvaleric Acid 116.16 FA 8 Cyclopentylacetic Acid 128.17 FA 9 Cyclopentylcarboxylic Acid 114.14 FA 10 trans-2-Phenyl-1-cyclopropyl CA 162.19 FA 11 Cyclohexane carboxylic Acid 128.17 Hydroxy Acids HA 1 2-Hydroxy-3-methyl butyric 118.13 HA 2 2-Hydroxy-2-methyl butyric 118.13 HA 3 3-Hydroxy butyric 104.11 HA 4 3-Hydroxy-4-trimethylamino butyric 197.66 HA 5 2-Phenyl-3-hydroxy propionic 166.18 Nicotinic Acids NA 1 2(n-Amylthio)nicotinic Acid 225.31 NA 2 5-Bromonicotinic Acid 202.01 NA 3 6-Chloronicotinic Acid 157.56 NA 4 2-Chloronicotinic Acid 157.56 NA 5 2-(Methylthio)nicotinic Acid 169.2 NA 6 Nicotinic Acid 123.11 NA 7 Picolinic Acid 123.11 NA 8 2-Pyridylacetic Acid HCl 173.6 NA 9 3-Pyridylacetic Acid HCl 173.6 NA 10 4-Pyridylacetic Acid HCl 173.6 NA 11 2-(Phenylthio)Nicotinic Acid 231.27 NA 12 2-Hydroxy-6-methyl Nicotinic 153.14 NA 13 3-(3-pyridyl)acrylic acid 149.15 NA 14 3-(4-pyridyl)acrylic acid 149.15 Propionic Acid PP1 Phenyl Propionic 150.18 PP2 3,3-Diphenylpropionic Acid 226.28 PP3 3-Phenylbutyric Acid 164.2 PP4 3-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)propionic Acid 166.18 PP5 3-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)propionic Acid 166.18 PP6 3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propionic Acid 166.18 PP7 3-(3-Methoxyphenyl)propionic Acid 180.2 PP8 3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)propionic Acid 180.2 PP9 3-(3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl)propionic Acid 240.26 PP10 3-(2-Methoxyphenyl)propionic Acid 180.2 PP11 3-(2,5-Dimethoxyphenyl)propionic Acid 210.24 PP12 3-(2-Chlorophenyl)propionic Acid 184.62 PP13 3-(4-Aminophenyl)propionic Acid 165.119 PP14 3-(4-Fluorophenyl)propionic Acid 168.17 PP15 3-(3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl)propionic Acid 182.18 PP16 3-(3-Methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl) 196.2 PP17 3-(3,5-dinotro-4-hydroxyphenyl) 256.2 PP18 3-(Pentaflurophenyl)propionic Acid PP19 3-(4-Bocaminophenyl)propionic Acid 265 PP21 2,2-Diphenylpropionic Acid 226.28 Phenylacetic Acid PA 1 4-Aminophenylacetic Acid 151.17 PA 2 4-Biphenylacetic Acid 288.55 PA 3 2-Bromophenylacetic Acid 215.05 PA 4 4-Bromophenylacetic Acid 215.05 PA 5 4-(n-Butoxy)phenylacetic Acid 208.26 PA 7 3-Chloro-4-hydroxyphenylacetic Acid 186.59 PA 8 2-Chlorophenylacetic Acid 170.6 PA 9 3-Chlorophenylacetic Acid 170.6 PA 10 4-Chlorophenylacetic Acid 170.6 PA 11 2-Chloro-6-fluorophenylacetic Acid 188.59 PA 12 2,4-Dichlorophenylacetic Acid 205.04 PA 13 2,6-Dichlorophenylacetic Acid 205.04 PA 14 3,4-Dichlorophenylacetic Acid 205.04 PA 15 2,5-Dimethoxyphenylacetic Acid 196.2 PA 16 3,4-Dimethoxyphenylacetic Acid 196.2 PA 17 2,5-Dimethylphenylacetic Acid 164.2 PA 18 2,4-Dinitrophenylacetic Acid 226.15 PA 19 2-Fluorophenylacetic Acid 154.14 PA 20 3-Fluorophenylacetic Acid 154.14 PA 21 4-Fluorophenylacetic Acid 154.14 PA 22 2-Hydroxyphenylacetic Acid 152.15 PA 23 4-Hydroxyphenylacetic Acid 152.15 PA 24 2-Methoxyphenylacetic Acid 166.18 PA 25 3-Methoxyphenylacetic Acid 166.18 PA 26 4-Methoxyphenylacetic Acid 166.18 PA 27 2-Methylphenylacetic Acid 150.18 PA 28 3-Methylphenylacetic Acid 150.18 PA 29 4-Methylphenylacetic Acid 150.18 PA 30 2-Nitrophenylacetic Acid 181.15 PA 31 4-Nitrophenylacetic Acid 181.15 PA 32 Phenylacetic Acid 136.15 PA 33 2-Trifluormethylophenylacetic Acid 204.15 PA 34 3-Trifluoromethylphenylacetic Acid 204.15 PA 35 3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenylacetic Acid 226.23 PA 36 4-Ethoxyphenylacetic Acid 180.22 PA 37 Mesitylacetic acid 178.23 PA 38 4-Dimethyl Amino PA PA 39 3-Hydroxyphenyl PA PA 40 Diphenyl Acetic - (1) Thomas, J. B.; Mascarella, S. W.; Rothman, R. B.; Partilla, J. S.; Xu, H.; McCullough, K. B.; Dersch, C. M.; Cantrell, B. E.; Zimmerman, D. M.; Carroll, F. I. Investigation of the N-substituent conformation governing potency and μ receptor subtype-selectivity in (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine opioid antagonists.J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41(11), 1980-1990.
- (2) Mitch, C. H.; Leander, J. D.; Mendelsohn, L. G.; Shaw, W. N.; Wong, D. T.; Cantrell, B. E.; Johnson, B. G.; Reel, J. K.; Snoddy, J. D.; Takemori, A. E.; Zimmerman, D. M. 3,4-Dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines: Opioid antagonists with potent anorectant activity.J. Med. Chem. 1993, 36(20), 2842-2850.
- (3) Xu, H.; Lu, Y. -F.; Partilla, J. S.; Brine, G. A.; Carroll, F. I.; Rice, K. C.; Lai, J.; Porreca, F.; Rothman, R. B. Opioid peptide receptor studies. 6. The 3-methylfentanyl congeners RTI-4614-4 and its enantiomers differ in efficacy, potency, and intrinsic efficacy as measured by stimulation of [35S]GTP-γ-S binding using cloned μ-opioid receptors. Analgesia 1997, 3, 3542.
- (4) Rothman, R. B.; Xu, H.; Seggel, M.; Jacobson, A. E.; Rice, K. C.; Brine, G. A.; Carroll, F. I. RTI-4614-4: an analog of (+)-cis-3-methylfentanyl with a 27,000-fold binding selectivity for mu versus delta opioid binding sites.Life Sci. 1991, 48, PL111-PL-116.
- (5) Rothman, R. B.; Bykov, V.; de Costa, B. R.; Jacobson, A. E.; Rice, K. C.; Brady, L. S. Interaction of endogenous opioid peptides and other drugs with four kappa opioid binding sites in guinea pig brain.Peptides 1990, 11, 311-331.
- (6) Rodbard, D.; Lenox, R. H.; Wray, H. L.; Ramseth, D. Statistical characterization of the random errors in the radioimmunoassay dose-response variable.Clin. Chem. 1976, 22, 350-58.
- (7) Takemori et al,J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1988, 246 (1), 255-258.
TABLE 1 Results of Inhibition Screening of Selected Structural Isomers of Compound 8 Taken from the Library versus Kappa Opioid Selective Ligand [3H]U69,593 % Inhibition compd R1 R2 X1 X2 S1 S2 S3 at 100 nM 8 i-Pr H CH2 CH2 H H OH 71 9 i-Pra H CH2 CH2 H H OH 11 10 i-Pr H CH2 CH2 H H H 28 11 i-Pr H CH2 CH2 H OH H 20 12 i-Pr H CH2 CH2 OH H H 25 13 i-Pr H CH2 — H H OH 6 14 i-Pr H CHb CHb H H OH 15 15 i-Pr H CH2 CH2 H H F 26 16 i-Pr H CH2 CH2 H OH OH 31 17 i-Pr H CH2 CH2 H OCH3 OH 42 18 i-Pr H CH2 CH2 H H OCH3 16 19 H H CH2 CH2 H H OH 11 20 CH3 H CH2 CH2 H H OH 20 21 H CH3 CH2 CH2 H H OH 0 22 CH3 CH3 CH2 CH2 H H OH 1 23 C6H5 CH3 CH2 CH2 H H OH 7 DMSO 4 -
TABLE 2 Radioligand Binding Data for 8 and Related Compounds at Mu, Delta, and Kappa Opioid Receptor Assays Ki (nM ± SD) (−nH) compd R [3H]DAMGO [3H]DADLE [3H]U69,593 μ/κ δ/κ 8 i-Pr 393 ± 13.3 >5700 6.91 ± 0.55 57 >824 (0.89 ± 0.02) (0.81 ± 0.05) 24 i-Bu 398 ± 72.3 NA 89.3 ± 7.03 4.5 (0.91 ± 0.16) (0.78 ± 0.05) 25 sec-Bu 421 ± 30.5 NA 8.84 ± 0.30 47 (0.91 ± 0.06) (0.87 ± 0.02) 26 c-Hex 234 ± 25.2 NA 83.1 ± 5.7 2.8 (0.84 ± 0.08) (0.79 ± 0.04) 27 Benzyl 9.6 ± 1.18 NA 54.6 ± 3.5 0.17 (0.89 ± 0.09) (0.86 ± 0.04) 5aa 0.74 ± 0.05 322 ± 38.1 122 ± 11.9 0.006 2.6 (0.89 ± 0.09) (0.75 ± 0.09) (0.52 ± 0.07) 1(nor- 47.2 ± 3.3 42.9 ± 11 0.28 ± 0.07 181 150 BNI)b,c naltrexoneb 1.39 ± 0.40 94.9 ± 6.6 4.71 ± 0.12 0.30 20.1 (0.94 ± 0.08) (1.01 ± 0.09) (1.05 ± 0.08) -
TABLE 3 Inhibition by Antagonists of [35S]GTPγS Binding in Guinea Pig Caudate Stimulated by DAMGO (μ), SNC80 (δ), and U69,593 (κ) Selective Opioid Agonists. Ki (nM ± SD) (-nH)a Compd DAMGOb SNC80c U69,593d 8 7.25 ± 0.52 450 ± 74.1 4.70 ± 0.56 (1.11 ± 0.08) (1.05 ± 0.17) (1.38 ± 0.19) 5ae 0.039 ± 0.003 1.48 ± 0.094 1.04 ± 0.061 (1.06 ± 0.07) (1.19 ± 0.08) (1.07 ± 0.06) 1, nor-BNI 16.75 ± 1.47 10.14 ± 0.96 0.038 ± 0.005 (1.02 ± 0.09) (1.18 ± 0.12) (0.97 ± 0.12) naltrexone 0.93 ± 0.21 19.3 ± 2.25 2.05 ± 0.21 (1.03 ± 0.22) (1.05 ± 0.17) (1.38 ± 0.19) - Analyses Appendix
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylbutyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (8).
- Anal. calcd for C27H39ClN2O3.1.5H2O: C, 64.59, H, 8.43; N, 5.58. Found: C, 64.35; H, 8.12; N, 5.38.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-4′-methylpentyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (24).
- Anal. calcd for C28H40N2O3: C, 74.30, H, 8.91; N, 6.19. Found: C, 74.12; H, 9.22; N, 6.30.
- N-[(2′S)-(3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-methylpentyl)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (25).
- Anal. calcd for C28H40N2O3: C, 74.30, H, 8.91; N, 6.19. Found: C, 74.02; H, 9.20; N, 6.25.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-2′-cyclohexylethyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (26).
- Anal. calcd for C30H42N2O3: C, 75.28, H, 8.84; N, 5.85. Found: C, 75.18; H, 8.96; N, 5.97.
- N-{(2′S)-[3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-3′-phenylpropyl}-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine (27).
- Anal. calcd for C31H38N2O3: C, 76.51, H, 7.87; N, 5.76. Found: C, 76.15; H, 7.99; N, 5.89.
- Summary
- Potent, opioid receptor pure antagonist activity has been demonstrated in the N-substituted (±)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,10,10a-octahydro-4a-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-10a-methylbenzo[g]isoquinolines, 7 and 8 (FIG. 8). These compounds share many of the characteristics identified with the phenylpiperidine antagonists including N-susbstituent mediated potency and a lack of N-susbstituent mediated antagonism. Also, like the phenylpiperidines, 7 and 8 display a strong preference for mu and kappa versus delta opioid receptor binding. Unlike the phenylpiperidines however, the benzoisoquinoline system displays a stronger preference for the kappa versus the mu opioid receptor and a lower overall potency relative to typical trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine antagonists. Together this data suggests a common site of action within the opioid receptors for compounds 7 and 8 and the trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines.
- Chemistry
- The N-methyl and N-phenethyl derivatives of (±)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,10,10a-octahydro-4a-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-10a-methylbenzo[g]isoquinoline (7 and 8, respectively) were prepared starting from tetrahydropyridine (9) according to the method illustrated in FIG. 8.1 Accordingly, 9 was deprotonated with sec-butyl lithium followed by alkylation with α,α′-dichloroxylene. This material was not isolated but was immediately cyclized with NaI in refluxing acetonitrile and reduced with sodium borohydride to provide intermediate 10 in 23% yield. The N-methyl derivative (7) was then available via O-demethylation employing refluxing HBr in acetic acid. The N-phenylethyl derivative (8) was prepared from 10 by N-demethylation using phenylchloroformate in refluxing toluene followed by subjecting the crude carbamate to refluxing HBr in acetic acid to cleave the urethane and deprotect the phenol. Conversion of this material to the desired compound (8) was accomplished by coupling with phenyl acetic acid using benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP reagent) followed by reduction of the resulting amides using borane in tetrahydrofuran in 2.2% overall yield.
- Results and Discussion
- Both initial studies and work conducted in this laboratory have provided strong evidence that the antagonist activity of some N-substituted piperidine compounds is expressed via a phenyl equatorial/piperidine chair receptor-ligand interaction as illustrated in FIG. 9b. 2 This stands in contrast to the phenylaxial/piperidine chair conformation exhibited by naltrexone (FIG. 9a). The benzoisoquinoline system (FIG. 9c), where a bridge connects carbons 3 and
- 4 in the piperidine ring, was selected for study because its structure could potentially maintain the proposed active conformation of the phenylpiperdines as well as provide sites for further structural elaboration. Compounds 7 and 8 were therefore synthesized and tested in both binding and functional assays to establish the overall effect of this structural change on antagonist activity and potency.
- The radioligand binding data for the N-methyl and N-phenethyl derivatives of (±)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,10,10a-octahydro-4a-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-10a-methylbenzo[g]isoquinolines (7 and 8, respectively) are provided in Table 4. For comparison, the radioligand binding assay data for the parent ligands 5 and 6 are given in Table 5.3 As these data sets are from different assays, the binding data obtained for naltrexone (3) is provided as a reference standard from both sets of assays. Inspection of the data reveals a fundamental shift in the receptor binding preference of the benzoisoquinolines in favor of the kappa receptor relative to the phenylpiperidines which typically show greater potency at the mu receptor. However, the overall preference for mu/kappa binding relative to delta binding is preserved (the phenylpiperidines typically show the least preference for the delta receptor, data not shown). Increasing the size of the N-substituent (conversion of 7 to 8) provides an overall increase in potency at all receptors, a feature shared by conversion of the phenylpiperidine 5 to 6. The later information together with the general receptor binding preferences suggests that the benzoisoquinoline antagonists probably interact with the same subsites within the opioid receptors as do the phenylpiperidines, but the addition of the 3,4 bridge leads to both an increase in affinity for the kappa receptor as well as a loss of affinity for the mu receptor relative to the phenylpiperidine antagonists.
- In the functional assay shown in Table 6, compounds 7 and 8 displayed a pattern of activity consistent with the radioligand binding assay. Thus, inhibition of agonist stimulated [35S]GTPγS binding in guinea pig caudate by 7 and 8, a measure of functional antagonist activity,4 was greatest against U69,593 (kappa receptor) with the potency demonstrated against DAMGO (mu receptor) being only slightly less. The ability to inhibit SNC80 (delta receptor) stimulated [35S]GTPγS binding war significantly lower. As in the previous assay, increasing the size of the N-substituent lead to an increase in potency. Importantly, neither the N-methyl derivative 7 nor the N-phenethyl derivative 8 stimulated [35S]GTPγS binding when tested at concentrations as high as 1 μM; the benzoisoquinoline structure therefore retains opioid pure antagonist activity.
- In terms of potency, both 7 and 8 demonstrate a decreased affinity for all of the opioid receptors relative to some of the more potent phenylpiperidine antagonists. The source of this loss of activity cannot be immediately established since several explanations exist. It is possible that these compounds have greater preference for a phenyl axial/piperidine chair conformation relative to the phenylpiperidines, though it has been found that 8 exists in the phenylequatorial/piperidine chair conformation in the solid state (FIG. 10). More likely, the lower potency results from a lack of activity of one of the enantiomers of 6. Hugh eudismic ratios are observed in most classes of opioid ligands.
- In summary, potent opioid receptor pure antagonist activity was demonstrated for (+)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,10,10a-octahydro-4a-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-phenethyl-10a-methylbenzo[g]isoquinoline (8). Compounds 7 and 8 share many of the characteristics identified with the phenylpiperidine antagonists including N-substituent mediated potency and a lack of N-substituent mediated antagonism. Also, these ligands display a strong preference for mu and kappa versus delta binding. Unlike the phenylpiperidines, the benzoisoquinolines display a stronger preference for the kappa versus the mu receptor and a lower overall potency as, a racemic mixture, relative to typical trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine antagonists. Together this data suggests both a common site of action within the opioid receptors for, compounds 7 and 8 and the trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines.
- Experimental
- Melting points were determined on a Thomas-Hoover capillary tube apparatus and are not corrected. Elemental analyses were obtained by Atlantic Microlabs, Inc. and are within ±0.4% of the calculated values.1H and 13C NMR were determined on a Bruker WM-250 spectrometer using tetramethylsilane as an internal standard. Radial chromatography was performed on a Harrison Research Chromatotron model 7924T. All reactions were followed by thin-layer chromatography using Whatman silica gel 60 TLC plates and were visualized by UV or by charring using 5% phosphomolybdic acid in ethanol. All solvents were reagent grade. Tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether were dried over sodium benzophenone ketyl and distilled prior to use. α,α′-Dichloroxylene, purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co., was recrystallized from hexane prior to use.
- (±)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,10,10a-octahydro-4a-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,10a-dimethylbenzo[g]isoquinoline (10): To a dry three-neck round-bottomed flask was charged 500 mg (2.3 mmol) of tetrahydropyridine (9) (CAUTION: read reference 12 and references cited therein) and 20 mL dry THF. This was cooled to −78° C., and to this was added 2.4 mL (3.12 mmol) s-BuLi (1.3M in cyclohexane) via a syringe over 5 min. The flask was then warmed to −0° C. and aged for 10 min. The flask was then cooled to −78° C. and cannulated into a mixture of 40 mL dry ethyl ether and 1.3 g (7.59 mmol) α,α′-dichloro xylene at −50° C. over 20 min. This was aged for 20 min and then quenched with ice-cold 1N HCl. The contents of the flask were then transferred to a separatory funnel with ice-cold ether-and ice-cold 1N HCl. The aqueous layer was removed and stored in an ice bath while the organic layer was twice extracted with ice-cold 1N HCl. The combined aqueous layers were placed into a new separatory funnel and extracted twice with ice-cold ethyl ether to remove α,α′-diochloroxylene. The aqueous layer was then made basic with 50% NaOH at first and finally saturated NaHCO3 to pH 10. The aqueous layer was then extracted 3 times with ice-cold ethyl ether and then discarded. The ether extracts were dried over K2CO3 and then filtered into a round-bottom flask and the solvent removed on the rotavap at 0° C. After all of the solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in 40 mL sieve dried CH3CN, and to this was added 870 mg NaI and 650 mg K2CO3. The flask was then attached to a reflux condenser and a heating mantle and the system heated under reflux for 3 h. After this time, the flask was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The solvent was then removed on a rotavap and the residue dissolved in 40 mL punctilious ethanol. To this mixture was added 750 mg NaBH4 in one portion and the mixture allowed to stir overnight. On the following day, 1N HCl was added to this mixture until no further evolution of hydrogen was observed. This was stirred for 10 min, and then 50% NaOH and water were added until the mixture was clear and basic. The volatiles were then removed on a rotavap, and the residue was extracted 3 times with 1:1 ethyl ether:ethyl acetate. This was dried over K2CO3 and Na2SO4. After filtration and solvent removal, a small portion of the crude residue was dissolved in CHCl3 and spotted on a silica gel plate. Elution with 50% CMA-80 (80 CHCl3:18 MeOH:2NH4OH) in CHCl3 revealed a compound in the mixture that gave a pale spot when dipped in 5% PMA in EtOH at about 0.75 Rf. This is the tertiary amine product. No other tertiary amines were observed in the mixture 1H NMR of the crude mixture revealed the desired product as well as starting material (9) and other undesired products. Chromatography on silica gel using 12.5% CMA-80 in CHCl3 gave the desired product in the early fractions just behind the solvent front but not in the solvent front. This gave 115 mg of the desired product as a slightly yellow oil. Yield 15.5%.
-
- (±)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,10,10a-octahydro-4a-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2,10a-dimethylbenzo[g]isoquinoline (7): To a 10 mL single-necked flask was added 100 mg (0.31 mmol) of (j)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,10,10a-octahydro-4a-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2,10a-dimethylbenzo[g]isoquinoline (10) and 0.8 mL of glacial acetic acid and 0.8 mL of 48% HBr. This mixture was heated under reflux for 18 h and then cooled to room temperature. The pH was then adjusted to 10 with cooling starting with 50% NaOH and finishing with saturated NaHCO3. This was extracted 2 times with CHCl3 and 2 times with 3:1 n-butanol:toluene. Both extracts were dried over K2CO3, and then the solvent was removed. The material from both extracts was examined by 1H NMR and was shown to contain the desired product. The material from the CHCl3 layer was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with 25% CMA-80 in CHCl3. This gave 27 mg of the desired product (7) (28% yield). The residue was dissolved in MeOH, and to this was added 3 equivalents of 1N HCl in dry ethyl ether. The solvents were removed, and the residue crystallized from ether/MeOH. The butanol extracts contained 45 mg of the desired material giving an overall yield of 74.6%. MP ° C. 270-275 (dec). Anal. Calcd for C21H26NOCl.0.25H2O: C, 65.54; H, 7.20; N, 3.64. Found: C, 65.86; H, 7.15; N, 3.42. 1H NMR (DMSO) δ 1.014 (s, 3H); 1.587 (d, 1H, J=14.3 Hz); 2.072 (s, 3H); 2.358 (d, 1H, J=17.4 Hz); 2.498 (d, 1H, J=17.4 Hz); 2.734 (s, 3H); 2.924-2.792 (m, 3H); 3.113 (d, 1H, J=13.1 Hz); 3.602 (d, 1H, J=18.78 Hz); 6.562 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz); 6.611 (m, 2H); 6.993 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz); 7.081 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz); 7.148 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz); 7.269-7.193 (m, 2H); 9.30 (s, 1H); 9.898 (bs, 1H). 13C NMR (DMSO) δ 156.7, 146.4, 135.5, 133.3, 128.5, 128.4, 128.2, 126.2, 125.7, 117.6, 114.3, 113.5, 59.2, 49.4, 38.6, 35.4, 35.2, 31.0, 28.7, 22.8.
- (±)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,10,10a-octahydro-4a-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-phenethyl-10a-methylbenzo[g]isoquinoline (8): To 300 mg (0.93 mmol) intermediate (10) was added 5 mL dry toluene followed by heating to 80° C. To this was added 0.23 mL (1.86 mmol) distilled phenylchloroformate dropwise via syringe. A precipitate formed, and the mixture was heated at reflux for 5 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and washed 3 times with 1N NaOH and dried over sodium sulfate.1H NMR of the crude mixture indicated that no starting material was present (no N-methyl signal at 2.25 ppm). The crude mixture was then dissolved in 4 mL glacial acetic acid and 4 mL 48% HBr. This was heated at reflux for 18 h followed by addition of water and methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE). The aqueous layer was removed and extracted two more times with MTBE to remove phenol. The aqueous layer was then pH adjusted to 10 using 50% NaOH and saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted 3 times with 3:1 methylene chloride:tetrahydrofuran (THF) and the organic layer dried over sodium sulfate. Following removal of solvent, this highly polar material was dissolved in 15 mL THF, and to this was added 442 mg (1 mmol) BOP reagent, 0.4 mL triethylamine (2.2 mmol), and 136 mg (1 mmol) phenyl acetic acid. This was stirred for 3 h and then diluted with ethyl ether, 40 mL, and washed sequentially with 15 mL water, 1N HCl, saturated sodium bicarbonate, and brine. The solution was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed on a rotary evaporator. The material was then dissolved in chloroform and filtered through silica gel to remove highly colored polar impurities to give 142 mg relatively clean material. 1H NMR of this crude material indicated the presence of rotamers typical of piperidine amides and urethanes. Reduction of this compound was accomplished by dissolving in dry THF followed by addition of 1.16 mL of 2M borane dimethylsulfide in THF. After heating for 3 h, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 2 mL methanol was added and stirred for 1 h. After this time, 1.16 mL 1N HCl in ether was added and stirred for 1 h. The solvent was then removed on a rotary evaporator and the crude mixture dissolved in chloroform, saturated sodium bicarbonate, and water. The pH was adjusted to 10 and the organic layer washed 3 times with water and then dried over sodium sulfate. The crude residue was chromatographed on silica gel using 0-10% MeOH in chloroform as eluent, and this material was crystallized from MeOH/ether as its HCl salt to give 55.8 mg of the desired material (0.137 mmol) or 2.2% overall yield. MP ° C. 255-265 (dec). Anal. Calcd for C28H32NOCl.0.5H2O: C, 75.91; H, 7.51; N, 3.16. Found: C, 75.93;, H, 7.53; N, 3.17.1H NMR (DMSO) δ 10.06 (br s, 1H); 9.34 (s, 1H); 7.30 (dd, 2H, J=8.1 Hz, 8.1 Hz); 7.22 (m, 5H); 7.15 (dd, 1H, J=7.7 Hz, 7.7 Hz); 7.08 (d, 1H, J=7.7 Hz); 6.63 (s, 1H); 6.62 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz); 6.55 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz); 3.59 (d, 1H, J=18.9 Hz); 3.50 (d, 1H, J=12.1 Hz); 3.32 (m, 4H); 3.11 (ddd, 1H, J=5.1 Hz, 12.1 Hz, 12.1 Hz); 3.02 (ddd, 1H, J=5.1 Hz, 12.1 Hz, 12.1 Hz); 2.87 (m, 3H); 2.50 (d, 1H, J=17.4); 2.42 (d, 1H, J=17.4); 1.62 (d, 1H, J=14.3); 1.08 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (DMSO) δ 156.72, 146.44, 137.23, 135.45, 133.38, 128.63, 128.59, 128.56, 128.52, 128.19, 126.71, 126.39, 125.72, 117.55, 114.33, 113.51, 57.27, 57.18, 48.22, 39.46, 38.66, 35.40, 35.21, 29.45, 28.59, 23.06.
- (1) Evans, D. A.; Mitch, C. H.; Thomas, R. C.; Zinmerman, D. M.; Robey, R. L. Application of metalated enamines to alkaloid synthesis. An expedient approach to the synthesis of morphine-based analgesics.J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1980, 102, 5955-5956. WARNING: Read the background information relating to analogs of MPTP (i.e., 9) including Zimmerman et al., J. Med. Chem., 1986, 29, 1517-1520, and references cited therein.
- (2) Zimmerman, D. M.; Smits, S.; Nickander, R. Further investigation of novel 3-methyl-4-phenylpiperidine narcotic antagonists. InProceedings of the 40th Annual Scientific Meeting of the Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence, 1978, pp. 237-247.
- (3) Mitch, C. H.; Leander, J. D.; Mendelsohn, L. G.; Shaw, W. N.; Wong, D. T.; Zimmerman, D. M.; Gidda, S. J.; Cantrell, B. E.; Scoepp, D. D.; Johnson, B. G.; Leander, J. D.J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 2262-2265.
- (4) Xu, H.; Lu, Y. -F.; Partilla, J. S.; Brine, G. A.; Carroll, F. I.; Rice, K. C.; Lai, J.; Porreca, F.; Rothman, R. B. Opioid peptide receptor studies. 6. The 3-methylfentanyl congeners RTI-4614-4 and its enantiomers differ in efficacy, potency, and intrinsic efficacy as measured by stimulation of [35S]GTP-γ-S binding using cloned μ-opioid receptors. Analgesia 1997, 3, 3542.
TABLE 4 Radioligand Binding Results in Mu, Delta, and Kappa Opioid Receptor Assays Ki (nM ± SD) Compound [3H]DAMGOa [3H]DADLEb [3H]U69,593c 7 297 ± 23 >5710 166 ± 15 (1.02 ± 0.07) (0.87 ± 0.06) 8 11.2 ± 2.7 1270 ± 106 9.8 ± 1.7 (0.56 ± 0.07) (1.14 ± 0.099) (0.69 ± 0.07) 3, naltrexone 1.39 ± 0.40 94.9 ± 6.6 4.71 ± 0.12 (0.94) (1.01) (1.05) -
TABLE 5 Affinities of the 4-Phenylpiperidine Antagonists for the μ and κ Opioid Receptorsa Ki (nM) Compd [3H]Nalb [3H]EKCc 5 80 833 6 1.5 52 3, naltrexone 0.56 3.9 -
TABLE 6 Inhibition by Antagonists of [35S] GTPγS Binding in Guinea Pig Caudate Stimulated by the Opioid Receptor Subtype-Selective Agonists, DAMGO (μ), SNC80 (δ), and U69,593 (κ). Ki (nM ± SD) (N) Compound DAMGO SNC80a U69,593 7 119 ± 7.93 222 ± 30.7 52.60 ± 6.38 (0.94 ± 0.06) (0.78 ± 0.09) (1.10 ± 0.14) 8 10 ± 0.91 184 ± 24.3 6.61 ± 0.57 (0.89 ± 0.06) (0.78 ± 0.09) (1.01 ± 0.08) 1, naltrexone 0.930 ± 0.21 19.3 ± 2.25 2.05 ± 0.21 (1.00 ± 0.22) (1.13 ± 0.14) (0.76 ± 0.05) - This Example is described in Thomas et al, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 8 (1998) 3149-3152, incorporated herein by reference.
- Summary
- Two sets of novel opioid receptor antagonist pharmacophores have been prepared and demonstrated from a model of opioid antagonist binding. One is based on a rigid 5-phenylmorphan nucleus and the other on a more flexible benzoisoquinoline nucleus. Using modifications of these systems and by comparisons with the related trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydoxyphenyl) piperidines, provides strong evidence supporting the hypothesis that this class of antagonist binds the opioid receptors in a phenyl equatorial mode and that the trans-3-methyl substituent (phenyl piperidine numbering) is an important element for conversion of agonists into antagonists.
- Chemistry
- The β-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl) morphans were prepared by the method shown in FIG. 11. Deprotonation of the known compound 10 with sec-butyl lithium followed by alkylation with allyl bromide cleanly provided intermediate 11 in quantitative yield. This compound was then cyclized provide 12 in 90% yield as a 2.5:1 mixture of diastereomers. Further experimentation established conditions which changed the ratio of 12a:12b to 10:1. Compounds 13a,b were then readily available via enamine reduction followed by separation using radial chromatography. The major isomer 13 was then O-demethylated to give 14. Since elucidation of the stereochemistry was not straightforward using NMR techniques, crystals of the HCl salt of 14 are shown by X-ray analysis to possess the desired 9β-methyl stereochemistry.
- Compound 13 was also converted to the N-phenylethyl compound 18. N-Demethylation of 13 gave 15 which on O-demethylation yielded 16. Compound 16 was then converted to the N-phenethyl derivative (18) by the two step procedure involving coupling of 16 with phenylacetic acid followed by borane-dimethylsulfide reduction of the intermediate amide 17.
- The benzoisoquinoline compound (20) was also prepared starting from compound 10 according to the method illustrated in FIG. 12. Accordingly, 10 was deprotonated with sec-butyl lithium followed by alkylation with α,α′-dichloro-xylene to give intermediate 19 which was not isolated but was immediately cyclized with NaI and reduced to provide compound 20 in 13% yield. O-Demethylation of 20 using hydrogen bromide in acetic acid yielded 21. The structure was established using a combination of NMR techniques.
- Biological Assay Results
- The new compounds 14, 18, and 21 were shown to bind the opioid receptors and also were shown to be pure antagonists. The data supporting these conclusions is presented in Tables 7 and 8.
- Discussion
- The radioligand binding data in Table 7 show that compounds 14, 18, and 21 have affinity for the opioid receptors. 18 is more potent than 14. The data in Table 8 shows that all three compounds are pure antagonists.
- Experimental
- All of the solvents used were reagent grade with the exception of diethyl ether and THF in reactions and these were distilled from sodium/benzophenone ketyl. NMR spectra were collected on both a 250 MHz and a 500 MHz Bruker spectrometer. The melting points reported below are uncorrected.
- 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-4-allyl-1,5-dimethyl-4-(m-methoxyphenyl)pyridine (5): To a solution of 500 mg (2.3 mmol) of tetrahydropyridine 10 in 15 mL of THF at 42° C. was added s-BuLi in cyclohexane (1.3M, 2.9 mmol). After 1 h, allyl bromide (2.3 mmol) was added, and the color of the solution changed from dark red to yellow. After been stirred for 1 hour at −42° C., the mixture was allowed to warmed to 0° C. and then quenched with water (10 mL). Diethyl ether (10 mL) was added and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2×). The combined ether layers were washed with water (10 mL), saturated NaHCO3, brine and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvent afforded 590 mg (100%) of crude 11. The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.01 (m, 2H), 6.74 (m, 1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 5.82 (m, 1H), 5.13 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.68-2.40 (m, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.22 (m, 1H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.52 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 159.2, 151.1, 136.7, 135.8, 128.7, 119.8, 117.4, 114.3, 110.1, 107.7, 55.1, 46.1, 43.1, 43.0, 41.7, 36.4, 17.3.
- (1S*,5R*,9R*/S*)-2,9-Dimethyl-5-(m-methoxyphenyl-2-azabicyclo[3,3,1]non-3-ene (12a/b): A solution of 300 mg (1.17 mmol) of 11 in 6 mL of 85% H3PO4/HCO2H (1:1) was stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The resulting dark brown mixture was diluted with water (6 mL) and cooled in ice bath while NaOH (25% w/w) was added until pH-8. The aqueous solution was extracted with CHCl3 (3×). The combined organic layers was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of the solvent gave 270 mg (90%) of crude products 12a and 12b in a ratio of 2.5:1. The crude products were used directly in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3) of the mixture: 67.24-6.70 (m, 4H), 6.16 (d, 1H, J=9.2 Hz), 4.34 (d, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.13 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.10-1.40 (m, 8H), 0.74 (d, 3H, J=8.6 Hz), 0.57 (d, 3H, J=8.1 Hz).
- (1S*,5R*,9R*/S*)-2,9-Dimethyl-5-(m-methoxyphenyl)-2-azabicyclo[3,3,1]nonane (13a/b): A solution of 270 mg (1.05 mmol) of 12a and 12b mixture and acetic acid (1.05 mmol, 0.061 mL) in 5 mL of dichloroethane was treated with NaBH(OAc)3 under N2 atmosphere. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by adding 10% NaOH to pH˜10. The mixture was extracted with ether (3×), washed with water and brine. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by chromatography (1%Et3N/EtOAc) gave 135 mg (50%) of 13a and 60 mg (22%) of 13b as colorless oils. 1H NMR (CDCl3) of 8: δ 7.26 (m, 1H,), 6.94 (in, 2H), 6.70 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.05-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.15 (m,1H), 2.00-1.35 (in, 6H), 0.86 (d, 3H, J=8.25 Hz). 1H NMR (CDCl3) of 9: δ 7.23 (in, 1H,), 6.96 (m, 2H), 6.72 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s,3H), 3.10-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m,1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.95 (m,2H), 1.90-1.50 (m, 4H), 0.75 (d, 3H, J=8.56 Hz). 13C NMR (CDCl3) of 8: 159.2, 152.0, 128.9, 118.0, 112.3, 109.6, 59.7, 55.1, 51.1, 43.1, 42.5, 40.0, 38.3, 29.1, 25.6, 23.4, 14.8. Anal. Calcd for C17C25NO: C, 78.72; H, 9.71; N, 5.40. Found: C, 78.79; H, 9.75; N, 5.34.
- (1S*,5R*,9R*)-2,9-Dimethyl-5-(m-hydroxyphenyl)-2-azabicyclo[3,3,1]nonane (14): Compound 13a was treated with 4 mL of glacial acetic acid and 4 mL of 48% aqueous hydrobromic acid at reflux temperature for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 10 mL of water. The pH was adjusted to 10 by using 50% NaOH with ice cooling. The product was extracted into a mixture of 3:1 1-butanol/toluene, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by chromatography (½ CMA 80) provided 199 mg (84%) of 10 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.15 (m, 1H,), 6.87-6.75 (m, 2H), 6.61 (m, 1H), 3.10-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.30 (m, 2H), 225-2.10 (m,1H), 2.00-1.60 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 1H), 0.80 (d, 3H, J=8.3 Hz). 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ155.9, 1520, 129.1, 117.5, 113.0, 112.4, 59.7, 51.0, 43.0, 42.0, 40.2, 38.0, 29.0, 25.6, 23.2, 14.6. Anal. Calcd for C16H23NO.HCl: C, 68.19; H, 8.53; N, 4.97. Found: C, 68.25; H, 8.53; N, 5.03. The structure of this compound was determined by single crystal X-ray analysis.
- (1S*,5R*,9R*)-5-(m-Hydroxyphenyl)-9-methyl-2-azabicyclo[3,3,1]nonane (15): A solution of 200 mg (1.28 mmol) of phenyl chloroformate was added dropwise to 300 mg (1.16 mmol) of 13a in 10 mL of dichloromethane at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was refluxed for 6 h. Since the reaction was not complete by TLC, the solvent was then changed to dichloroethane and the reflux was continued for another 12 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was treated with 10 mL of 1N NaOH and stirred with slight warming for 15 min. The product carbamate was then extracted with ether, and the ether layer was washed with 1N HCl and water. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was then treated with 5mL of ethanol and 1.5 mL of 50% aqueous KOH at reflux for 70 h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting concentrate was extracted with ether (2×), and the ether layers were concentrated in vaccuo. The resulting oil was dissolved into 10 mL of 1 N HCl and washed with ether. The aqueous layer was then made strongly basic (pH>12) with 50% NaOH with ice cooling. The desired amine 15 was extracted into ether (2×), and the ether extracts were washed, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 207 mg (70%) of crude 11 as light yellow oil. The crude compound 15 was treated with 4 mL of glacial acetic acid and 4 mL of 48% aqueous hydrobromic acid at reflux temperature for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 10 mL of water. The pH was adjusted to 10 by using 50% NaOH with ice cooling. The product was extracted into a mixture of 3:1 1-butanol/toluene, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 100 mg (51%) of 16 as a semi solid. The crude product 16 was used directly in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.15 (m, 1H,), 6.79-6.75 (m, 2H), 6.65 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.30 (m, 3H), 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.45-1.70 (m, 8H), 0.87 (d, 3H, J=8.3 Hz).
- (1S*,5R*,9R*)-5-(m-Hydroxyphenyl)-9-methyl-2-[(phenylmethyl)carbonyl]-2-azabicyclo[3,3,1]nonane (17): To a solution of 100 mg (0.43 mmol) of 16 and 190 mg (0.43 mmol) of BOP reagent and 0.19 mL (1.38 mmol) of triethylamine in 15 mL of THF was added phenylacetic acid (70.25 mg, 0.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction was diluted with 10 mL of water and ether (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2×). The combined ether layers were washed with NaHCO3 and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvent provided the crude product 17 as a colorless oil.(A spectrum of 1H NMR was attached but the NMR data was not interpreted here due to the rotamers). (1S*,5R*,9R*)-5-(m-Hydroxyphenyl)-9-methyl-2-(2′-phenylethyl)-2-azabicyclo[3,3,1]nonane (18): The crude amide 17 was dissolved in THF (8 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C., and Borane:methyl sulfide complex (0.4 mL, 0.8 mmol) was added dropwise. After vigorous reaction ceased, the resulting mixture was slowly heated to reflux and maintained at that temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C., 6 mL of methanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for r 1 h. Anhydrous hydrogen chloride in ether (1 mL) was added to attain a pH<2, and the resulting mixture was gently refluxed for 1 h. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, methanol was added and the solvents were removed on a rotovapor. The residue obtained was made basic (pH>12) by adding 25% NaOH and extracted with ether (3×). The combined ether layers were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by chromatography (1% Et3N/50% EtOAc/hexanes) gave 38 mg (71%) of amine 18 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.30-7.14 (m, 6H), 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.63 (m, 1H), 4.71 (br s, 1H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.79 (s, 4H), 2.43-2.15 (m, 3H), 1.94-1.65 (m, 5H), 1.65-1.45 (m, 1H), 0.83 (d, 3H, J=8.2 Hz). 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 155.7, 152.5, 140.9, 129.1, 128.8, 128.3, 125.9, 117.7, 113.0, 112.4, 57.4, 57.2, 49.5, 42.4, 40.0, 38.7, 34.1, 29.1, 26.2, 23.4, 14.7. Anal. Calcd for C23H29NO.HCl: Calcd: C, 74.27; H, 8.13; N, 3.77. Found: C, 74.16; H, 8.12; N, 3.71.
- (±)-(2,8a)-Dimethyl-4a-(3-Methoxyphenyl)-Octahydrobenzo[e]Isoquinoline (19): To a dry three neck round bottomed flask was charged 500 mg (2.3 mmol) of 10 and 20 mL dry THF. This was cooled to −78° C. and to this was added 2.4 mL (3.12 mmol) s-BuLi (1.3M in cyclohexane) via a syringe over 5 minutes. The flask was then warmed to −20° C. and aged for 30 min. The flask was then cooled to −78° C. and cannulated into a mixture of 40 mL dry ethyl ether and 1.3 g (759 mmol) a,a′-dichloro xylene at −50° C. over 20 min. This was aged for 20 min. and then quench with ice-cold 1N HCl. The contents of the flask were then transfered to a separatory funnel with ice-cold ether and ice-cold 1N HCl. The aqueous layer was removed and stored in an ice bath while the organic layer was twice extracted with ice-cold 1N HCl. The combined aqueous layers were placed into a new separatory funnel and extracted twice with ice-cold ethyl ether. The aqueous layer was then made basic with 50% NaOH at first and finally sat'd NaHCO3 to pH 10. The aqueous layer was then extracted 3 times with ice-cold ethyl ether and then discarded. The ether extracts were dried over K2CO3 and then filtered into a round bottom flask and the solvent removed on the rotavap at 0° C. After all of the solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in 40 mL seive dried CH3CN and to this was added 870 mg NaI and 650 mg K2CO3. The flask was then attached to a reflux condenser and a heating mantle and the system heated under reflux for 3 hours. After this time, the flask was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The solvent was then removed on a rotavap and the residue dissolved in 40 mL punctillious ethanol. To this mixture was added 750 mg NaBH4 in one portion and the mixture allowed to stir overnight. On the following day, 1N HCl was added to this mixture until no further evolution of hydrogen was observed. This was stirred for 10 min and then 50% NaOH and water were added until the mixure was clear and basic. The volatiles were then removed on a rotavap and the residue was extracted 3 times with 1:1 ethyl ether: ethyl acetate. This was dried over K2CO3 and Na2SO4. After filtration and solvent removal, a small portion of the crude residue was dissolved in CHCL3 and spotted on a silica gel plate. Elution with 50% CMA-80 in CHCL3 revealed a compound in the mixture that gave a pale spot when dipped in 5% PMA in EtOH at about 0.75 Rf. This is the 3° amine product. No other 3° amines were observed in the mixure. 1H NMR of the crude mixture revealed the desired product as well as starting material 10 and other undesired products. Chromatography on silica gel using 12.5% CMA-80 in CHCL3 gave the desired product in the early fractions just behind the solvent front but not in the solvent front. This gave 115 mg of the desired product as a slightly yellow oil. Yield 15.5%.
-
-
- (±)-(2,8a)-Dimethyl-4a-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)-Octahydrobenzo[e]Isoquinoline (20): To a 10 mL single necked flask was added 100 mg (0.31 mmol) of (+)-(2,8a)-dimethyl-4a-(3-methoxyphenyl)-octahydrobenzo[e]isoquinoline and 0.8 mL of glacial acetic acid and 0.8 mL of 48% HBr. This mixture was heated under reflux for 18 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The pH was then adjusted to 10 with cooling starting with 50% NaOH and finishing with sat'd NaHCO3. This was extracted 2 times with CHCl3 and 2 times with 3:1 n-butanol:toluene. Both extracts were dried over K2CO3 and then the solvent was removed. The material from both extracts was examined by 1H NMR and was shown to contain the desired product. The material from the CHCl3 layer was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with 25% CMA-80 in CHCl3. This gave 27 mg of the desired product 20 (28% yield). The residue was dissolved in MeOH and to this was added 3 equivalents of 1N HCl in dry ethyl ether. The solvents were removed and several attempts were made to crystallize form ethyl acetate/MeOH. This only provided an oil. The same result was obtained with ethyl ether/MeOH. Finally, ethyl acetate was added to the residue and warmed and the solvent removed on a rotavap. This process was repeated 5 times and the solid thus formed was placed on a high vacuum pump overnight. MP ° C. 270-275 (dec). C, H, N.
-
-
- The butanol extracts contained 45 mg of the desired material giving an overall yield of 74.6%.
TABLE 7 Radioligand Binding Results at all Three Opioid Receptors for New Antagonist Pharmacaphores IC50 (nM ± SD) Compound # RTI # [3H] DAMGOa [3H] DADLEb [3H] U69, 593c (14) 5989-30 243.7 ± 21.9 >10,000 1470 ± 28.4 (1.00 ± 0.08) (0.89 ± 0.06) (18) 5989-31 4.54 ± 0.21 457.4 ± 50.5 27.2 ± 1.89 (1.08 ± 0.05) (0.88 ± 0.08) (1.25 ± 0.11) (21) 5989-28 406 ± 31.9 >10,000 306.4 ± 28.4 (1.02 ± 0.07) (0.81 ± 0.06) -
TABLE 8 IC50 Data for New Antagonists Toward Reversal of Agonist Stimulated GTP Binding IC50 (nM ± SD) Compound # RTI # DAMGOa SNC 80b U69, 593c (14) 5989-30 288 ± 78 >1000 >1000 (18) 5989-31 5.96 ± 0.72 >1000 26.3 ± 8.3 (21) 5989-28 NA NA 1552 ± 164 - Summary
- The inhibition of radioligand binding and [35S]GTPγS functional assay data for N-methyl- and N-phenethyl-9β-methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphans (5b and 5c) (FIG. 13) show that these compounds are pure antagonists at the μ, δ, and κ opioid receptors. Since 5b and 5c have the 5-(3-hydroxyphenyl) group locked in a conformation comparable to an equatorial group of a piperidine chair conformation, this information provides very strong evidence that opioid antagonists can interact with opioid receptors in this conformation. In addition, it suggests that the trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine class of antagonist operates via a phenyl equatorial piperidine chair conformation.
- Chemistry
- The synthesis of the N-methyl- and N-phenethyl-9β-methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphans (5b and 5c, respectively) was achieved as illustrated in FIG. 13.1 Treatment of 1,2,6-trihydro-1,3-dimethyl-4-(3-methoxy)pyridine (6) with sec-butyl lithium followed by quenching with allyl bromide provided the enamine adduct (7) which was cyclized without isolation to give 2,9-dimethyl-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]non-3-ene (8a,b) in a 3:1 9β- to 9α-methyl ratio, using hydrochloric acid in tetrahydrofuran. Reduction of unpurified 8a,b using sodium borohydride triacetate followed by separation of the major isomer gave 9. Subjection of 9 to O-demethylation using hydrobromic acid in acetic acid provided the desired phenylmorphan (5b). Single crystal X-ray analysis showed that 5b had the desired 9β-methyl relative configuration (FIG. 14). The N-phenethyl derivative (5c) was prepared from intermediate 9. Treatment of 9 with phenylchloroformate followed by hydrolysis of the resulting urethane with potassium hydroxide followed by O-demethylation with hydrobromic acid in acetic acid gave 10. Compound 10 was converted to 5c by coupling with phenyl acetic acid in the presence of benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate followed by borane reduction of the resulting amide intermediate.
- Biological Results
- Table 9 lists the radioligand binding data for compounds 5b and 5c along with data for naltrexone. While the binding of 5b to all three opioid receptors was weak, it is particularly interesting to note that changing the N-substituent from methyl to phenethyl (5c) provided a dramatic increase in binding affinity, a feature shared by the corresponding 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine analogs (4a and 4b, Table 10).2 Furthermore, the relative binding affinities displayed by 5b and 5c for mu and kappa opioid receptors are quite similar to that observed for 4a and 4b. These results show that the binding affinities of 5b and 5c are not adversely affected by the 1,5-carbon bridge present in these structures. In addition, it suggests a common binding mode for the two types of structures.
- The increase in binding of [35S]GTPγS stimulated by opioid agonists is an assay able to distinguish compounds of differing efficacy and intrinsic activity.3 The antagonist properties of test compounds can be determined by measuring the inhibition of this stimulation To assess their potency as antagonists and to verify that 5b and 5c retain pure antagonist activity, the compounds were analyzed for either stimulation or inhibition of agonist stimulated GTP binding in comparison with naltrexone (Table 11). In this functional assay, neither 5b nor 5c stimulated GTP binding as measured up to concentrations of 10 μM, showing that both compounds were devoid of agonist activity.4 As mentioned previously, retention of pure antagonist activity regardless of the N-substituent structure is a key feature that separates the 3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine class of antagonist from oxymorphone-based antagonists which display pure antagonism only for certain N-substituents such as the N-allyl or N-cyclopropylmethyl derivatives. In their ability to reverse agonist-stimulated GTP binding, compound 5c displayed a higher potency than naltrexone. These results are striking since agonist activity in several opioid ligands is enhanced by N-substituents with two methylene groups terminated by a phenyl group (N-phenethyl). It is evident that the antagonist activity of 5c is due to factors different from those of the oxymorphone-type pure antagonists.
- The data in Table 11 also demonstrates that the N-methyl to N-phenethyl change, 5b to 5c, results in a concomitant increase in antagonist potency. Thus, as is the case for the 3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines, the antagonist potency and not the agonist/antagonist behavior of the 9β-methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphans (5b and 5c) is mediated by the N-substituent.
- Discussion
- These experiments demonstrated that N-methyl 9β-methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan (5b) is an opioid receptor pure antagonist. In addition, replacing the N-methyl with an N-phenethyl group to give 5c resulted in a 63-, 60-, and 70-fold increase in antagonist potency at the mu, delta, and kappa opioid systems. These results are particularly important since changing an N-methyl to an N-phenethyl substituent in all opioid systems which have the 3-hydroxyphenyl group in an axial relationship relative to the piperidine ring results in an increase in opioid agonist activity. This information strongly suggests that 5b and 5c are acting as conformationally rigid analogs of the trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine class of opioid antagonists where the 3-hydroxyphenyl group is in an equatorial position relative to the piperidine ring.
- In opioid alkaloids like naloxone (1a) and naltrexone (1b), the 3-hydroxyphenyl ring is fixed in an axial orientation relative to the piperidine ring by the rigid framework of the structure (FIG. 15). The 3-hydroxyphenyl ring in the 3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxy phenyl)piperidine analogs 4a can be either in axial or equatorial positions (FIG. 15).1H and 13C NMR studies6,7 as well as molecular modeling studies2 suggest a preference for the 3-hydroxyphenyl equatorial conformation. 5-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)morphans like 5a-c are sterically constrained 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines with the 3-hydroxyphenyl ring fixed in the equatorial position (FIG. 15). The pure antagonist activity of the morphans 5b and 5c strongly suggests that opioid ligands of the phenyl piperidine class express potent opioid antagonist activity with their 3-hydroxyphenyl group in an equatorial position.
- A comparison of the radioligand and [35S]GTPγS binding properties of the N-substituted 9β-methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphans (5b and 5c) to those of the N-substituted 3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidines (4a and 4b) strongly suggests that these two types of compounds are interacting with opioid receptors in a similar mode. The pure antagonist activity of 5b, which is increased when the N-methyl group is replaced by a phenethyl group to give 5c, properties unique to the 3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine class of antagonist, strongly supports the hypothesis that this class of opioid antagonist expresses pure antagonist activity with the 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl) group in an equatorial conformation.8
- In summary, 9β-methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphans are a new structural type of pure opioid antagonist. The data also strongly supports the proposed 4-(3-hydroxyphenyl) equatorial piperidine chair mode of interaction for the trans-3,4-dimethyl-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine class of opioid antagonist.
- Experimental Section
- Melting points were determined on a Thomas-Hoover capillary tube apparatus and are not corrected. Elemental analyses were obtained by Atlantic Microlabs, Inc. and are within ±0.4% of the calculated values.1H-NMR were determined on a Bruker WM-250 spectrometer using tetramethylsilane as an internal standard. Silica gel 60 (230-400 mesh) was used for all column chromatography. All reactions were followed by thin-layer chromatography using Whatman silica gel 60 TLC plates and were visualized by UV or by charring using 5% phosphomolybdic acid in ethanol. All solvents were reagent grade. Tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether were dried over sodium benzophenone ketyl and distilled prior to use.
- The [3H]DAMGO, DAMGO, and [3H][D-Ala2,D-Leu5]enkephalin were obtained via the Research Technology Branch, NIDA, and were prepared by Multiple Peptide Systems (San Diego, Calif.). The [3H]U69,593 and [35S]GTPγS (SA=1250 Ci/mmol) were obtained from DuPont New England Nuclear (Boston, Mass.). U69,593 was obtained from Research Biochemicals International (Natick, Mass.). Levallorphan was a generous gift from Kenner Rice, Ph.D., NIDDK, NIH (Bethesda, Md.). GTPγS and GDP were obtained from Sigma Chemical Company (St. Louis, Mo.). The sources of other reagents are published.8
- 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-4-allyl-1,5-dimethyl-4-(3-methoxyphenyl)pyridine (7). To a solution of 500 mg (2.3 mmol) of 1,2,6-trihydro-1,3-dimethyl-4-(3-methoxy)pyridine (6) in 15 mL of THF at −42° C. was added s-BuLi in cyclohexane (1.3M, 2.9 mmol). After 1 h, allyl bromide (2.3 mmol) was added, and the color of the solution changed from dark red to yellow. After been stirred for 1 h at −42° C., the mixture was allowed to warmed to 0° C. and then quenched with water (10 mL). Diethyl ether (10 mL) was added, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2×). The combined ether layers were washed with water (10 mL), saturated NaHCO3, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvent afforded 590 mg (˜100%) of crude 7. The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.01 (m, 2H), 6.74 (m, 1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 5.82 (m, 1H), 5.13 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.68-2.40 (m, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.22 (m, 1H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.52 (s, 3H). 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 159.2, 151.1, 136.7, 135.8, 128.7, 119.8, 117.4, 114.3, 110.1, 107.7, 55.1, 46.1, 43.1, 43.0, 41.7, 36.4, 17.3.
- 2,9-Dimethyl-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]non-3-ene (8ab). A solution of 300 mg (1.17 mmol) of 7 in 6 mL of 85% H3PO4/HCO2H (1:1) was stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The resulting dark-brown mixture was diluted with water (6 mL) and cooled in an ice bath while NaOH (25% w/w) was added until pH 8. The aqueous solution was extracted with CHCl3 (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of the solvent gave 270 mg (90%) of crude products 8a and 8b in a ratio of 3:1. The crude products were used directly in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3) of the mixture: δ 7.24-6.70 (m, 4H), 6.16 (d, 1H, J=9.2 Hz), 4.34 (d, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.13 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.10-1.40 (m, 8H), 0.74 (d, 3H, J=8.6 Hz), 0.57 (d, 3H, J=8.1 Hz).
- 2,9β-Dimethyl-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane (9). A solution of 270 mg (1.05 mmol) of 8a and 8b mixture and acetic acid (1.05 mmol, 0.061 mL) in 5 mL of dichloroethane was treated with NaBH(OAc)3 under N2 atmosphere. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by adding 10% NaOH to pH˜10. The mixture was extracted with ether (3×), washed with water and brine. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Isolation of the major isomer by chromatography (1% Et3N/EtOAc) gave 135 mg (50%) of 9 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) of 9 δ 7.26 (m, 1H), 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.70 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.05-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.35 (m, 6H), 0.86 (d, 3H, J=8.25 Hz). 13C NMR (CDCl3) of 9 159.2, 152.0, 128.9, 118.0, 112.3, 109.6, 59.7, 55.1, 51.1, 43.1, 42.5, 40.0, 38.3, 29.1, 25.6, 23.4, 14.8. Anal. (C17H25NO): C, H, N.
- 2,9β-Dimethyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane (5b). Compound 9 was treated with 4 mL of glacial acetic acid and 4 mL of 48% aqueous hydrobromic acid at reflux temperature for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 10 mL of water. The pH was adjusted to 10 by using 50% NaOH with ice cooling. The product was extracted into a mixture of 3:1 1-butanol/toluene, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by chromatography [50% (80% CHCl3, 18% MeOH, 2% NH4OH) in chloroform] provided 199 mg (84%) of 5b as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.75 (m, 2H), 6.61 (m, 1H), 3.10-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.10 (m,1H), 2.00-1.60 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 1H), 0.80 (d, 3H, J=8.3 Hz). 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 155.9. The hydrochloride salt was prepared and crystallized from ether/methanol using 1N HCl in ethyl ether. 152.0, 129.1, 117.5, 113.0, 112.4, 59.7, 51.0, 43.0, 42.0, 40.2, 38.0, 29.0, 25.6, 23.2, 14.6. The structure of this compound was determined by single crystal X-ray analysis. Anal. (C16H24ClNO): C, H, N.
- 5-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)-9β-methyl-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane (10). A solution of 200 mg (1.28 mmol) of phenyl chloroformate was added dropwise to 300 mg (1.16 mmol) of 9 in 10 mL of dichloromethane at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was heated to reflux for 6 h. Since the reaction was not complete by TLC, the solvent was then changed to dichloroethane and the reflux was continued for another 12 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was treated with 10 mL of 1N NaOH and stirred with slight warming for 15 min. The product carbamate was then extracted with ether, and the ether layer was washed with 1N HCl and water. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was then treated with 5 mL of ethanol and 1.5 mL of 50% aqueous KOH at reflux for 70 h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting concentrate was extracted with ether (2×), and the ether layers were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil was dissolved into 10 mL of 1 N HCl and washed with ether. The aqueous layer was then made strongly basic (pH>12) with 50% NaOH with ice cooling. The desired amine was extracted into ether (2×), and the ether extracts were washed, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 207 mg (70%) of a light yellow oil. This was treated with 4 mL of glacial acetic acid and 4 mL of 48% aqueous hydrobromic acid at reflux temperature for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 10 mL of water. The pH was adjusted to 10 by using 50% NaOH with ice cooling. The product was extracted into a mixture of 3:1 1-butanol/toluene, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 100 mg (51%) of 10 as a semisolid. The crude product 10 was used directly in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.75 (m, 2H), 6.65 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.30 (m, 3H), 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.45-1.70 (m, 8H), 0.87 (d, 3H, J=8.3 Hz).
- 5-(3-Hydroxyphenyl)-9β-methyl-2-(2′-phenylethyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane (5c). To a solution of 100 mg (0.43 mmol) of 10 and 190 mg (0.43 mmol) of BOP reagent and 0.19 mL (1.38 mmol) of triethylamine in 15 mL of THF was added phenylacetic acid (70.25 mg, 0.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction was diluted with 45 mL of water and ether (45 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2×). The combined ether layers were washed with NaHCO3 and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvent provided the crude product as a colorless oil. The crude amide was dissolved in THF (8 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C., and borane:methyl sulfide complex (0.4 mL, 0.8 mmol) was added dropwise. After vigorous reaction ceased, the resulting mixture was slowly heated to reflux and maintained at that temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C., 6 mL of methanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 h. Anhydrous hydrogen chloride in ether (1 mL) was added to attain a pH<2, and the resulting mixture was gently refluxed for 1 h. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, methanol was added, and the solvents were removed on a rotovap. The residue obtained was made basic (pH>12) by adding 25% NaOH and extracted with ether (3×). The combined ether layers were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by chromatography (1% Et3N/50% EtOAc/hexanes) gave 38 mg (71%) of amine 5c as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.30-7.14 (m, 6H), 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.63 (m, 1H), 4.71 (br s, 1H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.79 (s, 4H), 2.43-2.15 (m, 3H), 1.94-1.65 (m, 5H), 1.65-1.45 (m, 1H), 0.83 (d, 3H, J=8.2 Hz). 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 155.7, 152.5, 140.9, 129.1, 128.8, 128.3, 125.9. The hydrochloride salt was prepared and crystallized from ether/methanol using 1N HCl in ethyl ether. 117.7, 113.0, 112.4, 57.4, 57.2, 49.5, 42.4, 40.0, 38.7, 34.1, 29.1, 26.2, 23.4, 14.7. Anal. (C23H30ClNO): C, H, N.
- Opioid Binding Assays. Mu binding sites were labeled using [3H][D-Ala2-MePhe4,Gly-ol5]enkephalin ([3H]DAMGO) (2.0 nM, SA=45.5 Ci/mmol), and delta binding sites were labeled using [3H][D-Ala2,D-Leu5]enkephalin (2.0 nM, SA=47.5 Ci/mmol) using rat brain membranes prepared as described.9 Kappa-1 binding sites were labeled using [3H]U69,593 (2.0 nM, SA=45.5 Ci/mmol) and guinea pig membranes pretreated with BIT and FIT to deplete the mu and delta binding sites.8
- [3H]DAMGO binding proceeded as follows: 12×75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 μL of the test drug which was diluted in binding buffer (BB: 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, containing 1 mg/mL BSA), followed by 50 μL of BB, and 100 μL of [3H]DAMGO in a protease inhibitor cocktail (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, which contained bacitracin (1 mg/mL), bestatin (100 μg/mL), leupeptin (40 μg/mL), and chymostatin (20 μg/mL). Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 μL of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.2 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C. The ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2×. Nonspecific binding was determined using 20 μM levallorphan. Under these conditions, the Kd of [3H]DAMGO binding was 4.35 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash-buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4).
- [3H][D-Ala2,D-Leu5]enkephalin binding proceeded as follows: 12×75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 mL of the test drug which was diluted in BB, followed by 100 μL of a salt solution containing choline chloride (1 M, final concentration of 100 mM), MnC12 (30 mM, final concentration of 3.0 mM), and, to block mu sites, DAMGO (1000 nM, final concentration of 100 nM), followed by 50 μL of [3H][D-Ala2,D-Leu5]enkephalin in the protease inhibitor cocktail. Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 μL of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.41 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C. The ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2×. Nonspecific binding was determined using 20 μM levallorphan. Under these conditions the Kd of [3H][D-Ala2,D-Leu5]enkephalin binding was 2.95 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4).
- [3H]U69,593 binding proceeded as follows: 12×75 mm polystyrene test tubes were prefilled with 100 μL of the test drug which was diluted in BB, followed by 50 μL of BB, followed by 100 μL of [3H]U69,593 in the standard protease inhibitor cocktail with the addition of captopril (1 mg/mL in 0.1N acetic acid containing 10 mM 2-mercapto-ethanol to give a final concentration of 1 μg/mL). Incubations were initiated by the addition of 750 μL of the prepared membrane preparation containing 0.4 mg/mL of protein and proceeded for 4 to 6 h at 25° C. The ligand was displaced by 10 concentrations of test drug, in triplicate, 2×. Nonspecific binding was determined using 1 μM U69,593. Under these conditions the Kd of [3H]U69,593 binding was 3.75 nM. Brandel cell harvesters were used to filter the samples over Whatman GF/B filters, which were presoaked in wash buffer (ice-cold 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4) containing 1% PEI.
- For all three assays, the filtration step proceeded as follows: 4 mL of the wash buffer was added to the tubes, rapidly filtered and was followed by two additional wash cycles. The tritium retained on the filters was counted, after an overnight extraction into ICN Cytoscint cocktail, in a Taurus beta counter at 44% efficiency.
- [35S]-GTPγS Binding Assay. Ten frozen guinea pig brains (Harlan Bioproducts for Science, Inc, Indianapolis, Ind.) were thawed, and the caudate putamen were dissected and homogenized in buffer A (3 mL/caudate) (Buffer A=10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 at 4° C. containing 4 μg/mL leupeptin, 2 μg/mL chymostatin, 10 μg/mL bestatin, and 100 gg/mL bacitracin) using a polytron (Brinkian) at setting 6 until a uniform suspension was achieved. The homogenate was centrifuged at 30,000×g for 10 min at 4° C. and the supernatant discarded. The membrane pellets were washed by resuspension and centrifugation twice more with fresh buffer A, aliquotted into microfuge tubes, and centrifuged in a Tomy refrigerated microfuge (model MTX 150) at maximum speed for 10 min. The supernatants were discarded, and the pellets were stored at −80° C. until assayed.
- For the [35S]GTPγS binding assay, all drug dilutions were made up in buffer B [50 mM TRIS-HCl, pH 7.7/0.1% BSA]. Briefly, 12×75 mm polystyrene test tubes received the following additions: (a) 50 μL buffer B with or without an agonist, (b) 50 μL buffer B with or without 60 μM GTPγS for nonspecific binding, (c) 50 μL buffer B with or without an antagonist, (d) 50 μL salt solution which contained in buffer B 0.3 nM [35S]GTPγS, 600 mM NaCl, 600 μM GDP, 6 mM dithiothreitol, 30 mM MgCl2, and 6 mM EDTA, and (e) 100 μL membranes in buffer B to give a final concentration of 10 μg per tube. The final concentration of the reagents were 100 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM dithiothreitol, 100 μM GDP, 0.1% BSA, 0.05-0.1 nM [35S]GTPγS, 500 nM or 10 μM agonists, and varying concentrations (at least 10 different concentrations) of antagonists. The reaction was initiated by the addition of membranes and terminated after 4 h by addition of 3 mL ice-cold (4° C.) purified water (Milli-Q uv-Plus, Millipore) followed by rapid vacuum filtration through Whatman GF/B filters presoaked in purified water. The filters were then washed once with 5 mL ice-cold water. Bound radioactivity was counted by liquid scintillation spectroscopy using a Taurus (Micromedic) liquid scintillation counter at 98% efficiency after an overnight extraction in 5 mL Cytoscint scintillation fluid. Nonspecific binding was determined in the presence of 10 μM GTPγS. Assays were performed in triplicate, and each experiment was performed at least 3×.
- Data Analysis. The data of the two separate experiments (opioid binding assays) or three experiments ([35S]-GTPγS assay) were pooled and fit, using the nonlinear least-squares curve-fitting language MLAB-PC (Civilized Software, Bethesda, Md.), to the two-parameter logistic equation10 for the best-fit estimates of the IC50 and slope factor. The Ki values were then determined using the equation: IC50/1+([L]/Kd).
- Single-Crystal X-Ray Analysis of 5b. Crystals of 5b were grown from ethyl ether/methanol. Data were collected on a computer-controlled automatic diffractometer, Siemens P4, with a graphite monochromator on the incident beam. Data were corrected for Lorentz and polarization effects, and a face-indexed absorption correction was applied. The structure was solved by direct methods with the aid of program SHELXS11 and refined by full-matrix least-squares on F2 values using program SHELXL.11 The parameters refined included the coordinates and anisotropic thermal parameters for all nonhydrogen atoms. Hydrogen atoms on carbons were included using a riding model in which the coordinate shifts of their covalently bonded atoms were applied to the attached hyrdogens with C—H=0.96 Å. H angles were idealized and Uiso(H) set at fixed ratios of Uiso values of bonded atoms. Coordinates were refined for H atoms bonded to nitrogen and oxygen. Additional experimental and structural analysis including an ORTEP figure, tables of atomic coordinates, bond lengths, and angles are available as supplementary material. Atomic coordinates are also available from the Cambridge Crystallographic Data Centre (Cambridge University Chemical Laboratory, Cambridge CB2 1EW, UK).
- (1) Evans, D. A.; Mitch, C. H.; Thomas, R. C.; Zimmerman, D. M.; Robey, R. L. Application of metalated enamines to alkaloid synthesis. An expedient approach to the synthesis of morphine-based analgesics.J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1980, 102, 5955-5956. WARNING: read the background information relating to analogs of MPTP including refferences for Zimmerman et al., J. Med. Chem. 1986, 29, 1517-1520 and references cited in reference 2.
- (2) Zimmerman, D. M.; Leander, J. D.; Cantrell, B. E.; Reel, J. K.; Snoddy, J.; Mendelsohn, L. G.; Johnson, B. G.; Mitch, C. H. Structure-activity relationships of the trans-3,4-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine antagonists for μ and κ opioid receptors.J. Med. Chem. 1993, 36(20), 2833-2841.
- (3) Thomas, J. B.; Mascarella, S. W.; Rothnman, R. B.; Partilla, J. S.; Xu, H.; McCullough, K. B.; Dersch, C. M.; Cantrell, B. E.; Zimmerman, D. M.; Carroll, F. I. Investigation of the N-substituent conformation governing potency and μ receptor subtype-selectivity in (+)-(3R,4R)-dimethyl-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine opioid antagonists.J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41(11), 1980-1990.
- (4) Xu, H.; Lu, Y. -F.; Partilla, J. S.; Brine, G. A.; Carroll, F. I.; Rice, K. C.; Lai, J.; Porreca, F.; Rothman, R. B. Opioid peptide receptor studies. 6. The 3-methylfentanyl congeners RTI-4614-4 and its enantiomers differ in efficacy, potency, and intrinsic efficacy as measured by stimulation of [35S]GTP-γ-S binding using cloned μ-opioid receptors. Analgesia 1997, 3, 3542.
- (5) Aldrich, J. V. Analgesics. InBurger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, Wolff, M. E. Eds.; John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 1996; Vol. 3: Therapeutic Agents.
- (6) Casy, A. F.; Dewar, G. H.; Al-Deeb, O. A. A. Stereochemical influences upon the opioid ligand activities of 4-alkyl-4-arylpiperidine derivatives.Chirality 1989, 1, 202-208.
- (7) Casy, A. F.; Dewar, G. H.; Al-Deeb, O. A. A. Stereochemical studies of the 4-alkyl-4-arylpiperidine class of opioid ligand.Magn. Reson. Chem. 1989, 27, 964-972.
- (8) Rothmnan, R. B.; Bykov, V.; de Costa, B. R.; Jacobson, A. E.; Rice, K. C.; Brady, L. S. Interaction of endogenous opioid peptides and other drugs with four kappa opioid binding sites in guinea pig brain.Peptides 1990, 11, 311-331.
- (9) Rothman, R. B.; Xu, H.; Seggel, M.; Jacobson, A. E.; Rice, K. C.; Brine, G. A.; Carroll, F. I. RTI-4614-4: an analog of (+)-cis-3-methylfentanyl with a 27,000-fold binding selectivity for mu versus delta opioid binding sites.Life Sci. 1991, 48, PL111-PL-116.
- (10) Rodbard, D.; Lenox, R. H.; Wray, H. L.; Ramseth, D. Statistical characterization of the random errors in the radioimmunoassay dose-response variable.Clin. Chem. 1976, 22, 350-358.
- (11) SHELXTL-Plus, Release 5.03, Sheldrick, G. M., Siemens Analytical X-ray Instruments, Inc., Madison, Wis., 1995.
TABLE 9 Radioligand Binding Results at the Mu, Delta, and Kappa Opioid Receptors for N-Methyl- and N-Phenethyl-9β-methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphans Ki (nM ± SD) μ δ κ Compd [3H]DAMGOa [3H]DADLEb [3H]U69,593c 5b 166 ± 15 >10,000 816 ± 66 5c 3.11 ± 0.21 272 ± 30 14.5 ± 0.99 1b, naltrexone 1.39 ± 0.40 949 ± 6.6 4.71 ± 0.7 -
TABLE 10 Affinities of the N-Substituted-3,4-dimethyl- (3′-hydroxyphenyl)piperidine Antagonists for the Mu and Kappa Opioid Receptorsa Ki (nM) μ κ Compd [3H]Nalb [3H]EKCc 4a 80 833 4b 1.5 52 1b, naltrexone 0.56 3.9 -
TABLE 11 Inhibition by Antagonists of [35S]GTPγS Binding in Guinea Pig Caudate Stimulated by DAMGO (mu), SNC80 (delta), and U69,593 (kappa) Selective Opioid Agonistsa Ki (nM ± SD) μ δ κ Compd (DAMGO)a (SNC80)b (U69,593)c 5b 21.2 ± 2.30 750 ± 85.9 105 ± 10.9 5c 0.338 ± 0.028 12.6 ± 1.01 1.34 ± 0.084 1b, naltrexone 0.930 ± 0.21 19.3 ± 2.25 2.05 ± 0.21 -
- This Example is described in Thomas et al,J. Med. Chem., V. 41, No. 21, 4143-4149 (1998) incorporated herein by reference, inclusive of the “Supporting Information Available” described at p. 4149.
- Summary
- A convergent synthetic approach to 9β-methyl-2-alkyl-7-oxo-5-arylmorphans has been developed utilizing alkylation of the metalloenaimine of 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-4-aryl-1-alkylpyridines with 2-(chloromethyl)-3,5-dioxahex-1-ene (Okahara's reagent).
- Chemistry
- Thus, treatment of the lithium salt of 15a with 18 provided 16a (not isolated) which cyclized on acidification with hydrochloric acid in tetrahydrofuran to give a 10:1 mixture of 17a and 17d as determined by1H NMR analysis (FIG. 16). Separation by silica gel chromatography provided 43% of 17a. Proton assignments were made using a combination of HMQC, HMBC, and COSY. The 9β stereochemical assigrnents for 17a were made using NOESY techniques. In particular, the axial 9β-methyl group was observed to show an NOE interaction with the 4D proton.1
- To expand this method to the ring unsubstituted derivatives and to explore potential limitations of the chemistry, compounds 17b (47%) and 17c (42%) were also prepared. It was shown earlier that differences in reactivities exist between unsubstituted and substituted systems, 15b, c and 15a. For example, s-BuLi is needed to effectively deprotonate 15a as opposed to 15b and 15c which require only n-BuLi.2 This is a convenient route to the 7-oxo-phenylmorphan derivatives from either substituted or unsubstituted 4-phenyl-1,2,3,6-tetra-hydropyridines from intermediates which can be prepared in bulk and stored for long periods of time.
- In summary, the 9β-methyl-7-oxo-5-arylmorphan 17a can be prepared in a convergent manner from tetrahydropyridine 15a by alkylation with 2-(chloromethyl)-3,5-dioxahex-1-ene 18 followed by cyclization under acidic conditions. This method provides the first reported access to the 9β-methyl substituted system with good control of the stereochemistry. Application of the method to 15b and 15c provides a higher yielding route to the unsubstituted 7-oxo-phenylmorphan ring system and is amenable to large-scale synthesis.
- 1.1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 0.92 (d, 3H, 9-CH3), 1.76 (d, 1H, H4β), 2.23 (dd, 1H, H8), 2.33 (s,3H, NCH3), 2.37 (dd, 1H, H4p), 2.38 (dd, 1H, H3), 2.43 (d, 1H, H6), 2.50 (q, 1H, H9), 2.62 (d, 1H, H6), 2.72 (m, 1H, H3), 2.97 (d, 1H, H8), 3.10 (m, 1H, HI), 3.78 (s, 3H, OCH3), 6.75 (dd, 1H, ArH), 6.87 (s, 1H, ArI1), 6.92 (d, 1H, ArH), 7.25 (dd, 1H, ArH).
- 2. Barnett, C. J.; Copley-Merriman, C. R.; Maki, J.J. Org. Chem. 1989, 54, 4795-4800.
- Supplementary Information
- Melting points were determined on a Thomas-Hoover capillary tube apparatus and are not corrected. Elemental analyses were obtained by Atlantic Microlabs, Inc. and are within ±0.4% of the calculated values.1H-NMR spectra were determined on a Bruker WM-250 spectrometer using tetramethylsilane as an internal standard. Radial chromatography was performed on a Harrison Research Chromatron model 7924T. All reactions were followed by thin-layer chromatography using Whatman silica gel 60 TLC plates and were visualized by UV or by charring using 5% phosphomolybdic acid in ethanol or by iodine staining. All solvents were reagent grade. In reactions, tetrahydrofliran and diethyl ether were dried over sodium benzophenone ketyl and distilled prior to use.
- Note: The choice of piperidone in this synthesis is important in order to avoid the production of neurotoxic tetrahydropyridines such as 1-methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine (MPTP). It has been demonstrated that the neurotoxic properties associated with MPTP or m-methoxy-MPTP are eliminated by any one of the following: N-substituents larger than methyl, piperidine ring substitution, and/or aryl substituents larger than methoxy.1-3
- 2,9-Dimethyl-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonan-7-one (17a): To a solution of 1500 mg (6.9 mmol) of tetrahydropyridine 15a4 and TMEDA (2.1 mL, 13.8 mmol) in 30 mL of THF at −42° C. was added s-BuLi in cyclohexane (1.3 M, 8.9 mmol). After 1 h, 2-(chloromethyl)-3,5-dioxa-1-hexene 18 (1.32 g, 9.7 mmol) was added, and the color of the solution changed slowly from dark red to yellow. After being stirred for 1 h at 42° C. and kept 3 h at −23° C., the mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. and then quenched with 1N HCl (20 mL). Diethyl ether (20 mL) was added, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2×). The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 10 and extracted with diethyl ether (3×). The combined ether layers were washed with water (10 mL), saturated NaHCO3, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvent afforded 1.31 g (−60%) of crude 16a. The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.27 (t, 1H, J=9.6 Hz), 7.02 (m, 2H), 6.72 (m, 1H), 5.83 (s, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 2.70-2.40 (m, 8H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 3H). A solution of 500 mg of 16a in 3 mL of 6 M HCl and 25 mL of THF was stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The resulting brown mixture was neutralized with 10% NaOH (10 mL) until pH>9. The aqueous solution was extracted with diethyl ether (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The NMR shows that the ratio of 17a to 17d is about 10:1. Separation by chromatography [10% (80% chloroform, 18% methanol, 2% NH4OH)/chloroform] gave 310 mg of 17a as a colorless oil (43% from 15a). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.28 (t, 1H, J=9.5 Hz), 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.86 (m, 1H), 6.76 (dd, 1H, J=2.2, 9.7 Hz), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.13 (m, 1H), 3.0 (d, 1H, J=20.5 Hz), 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.17 (m, 6H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.76 (m, 1H), 0.93 (d, 3H, J=8.2 Hz). 13C NMR (CDCl3) 210.5, 159.6, 148.7, 129.4, 117.6, 112.2, 110.3, 61.7, 55.9, 55.0, 47.1, 42.8, 41.4, 39.6, 29.5, 13.8. Anal. Calcd. for C17H23NO2: Found: C, 76.72; H, 8.62, N, 5.23.
- 2-Ethyl-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonan-7-one (17b): To a solution of 500 mg (2.3 mmol) of tetrahydropyridine 15b [1] and tetramethylethylene diamine (TMEDA) (0.69 mL, 4.6 mmol) in 15 mL of THF at −42° C. was added n-BuLi in hexanes (2.5M, 2.9 mmol). After 1 h, 2-(chloromethyl)-3,5-dioxa-1-hexene 18 (440 mg, 3.2 mmol) was added, and the color of the solution changed slowly from dark red to yellow. After being stirred for 1 h at −42° C. and kept 3 h at −23° C., the mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. and then quenched with 1N HCl (10 mL). Diethyl ether (10 mL) was added, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2×). The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 10 and extracted with diethyl ether (3×). The combined ether layers were washed with water (10 mL), saturated NaHCO3, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvent afforded 510 mg (70%) of crude 16b. The crude product was used directly in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.20 (t, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 6.97 (m, 2H), 6.67 (dd, 1H, J=1.9, 8.4 Hz), 6.03 (d, 1H, J=9.8 Hz), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.69 (d, 1H, J=9.6 Hz), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.86 (q, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 2.80-2.39 (m, 6H), 2.12 (m, 2H), 1.02 (t, 3H, J=8.6 Hz). A solution of 510 mg of 16b in 3 mL of 6 M HCl and 25 mL of THF was stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The resulting brown mixture was neutralized with 10% NaOH (10 mL) until pH>9. The aqueous solution was extracted with diethyl ether (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by chromatography [10% (80% chloroform, 18% methanol, 2% NH4OH)/chloroform] gave 352 mg (80%, 47% from 15b) of 17b as colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.28 (t, 1H, J=9.6 Hz), 6.92 (m, 2H), 6.78 (dd, 1H, J=3.0, 9.7 Hz), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.60 (m, 1H), 2.82 (m, 3H), 2.55 (q, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 2.44-1.92 (m, 7H), 1.10 (t, 3H, J=8.6 Hz). 13C NMR (CDCl3) 209.4, 158.7, 149.0, 128.5, 115.9, 110.2, 10.0, 54.1, 52.4, 52.2, 47.4, 44.4, 38.2, 37.6, 37.1, 36.7, 12.7. Anal. Calcd. for C17H23NO2: C, 74.69; H, 8.48; N, 5.12. Found: C, 74.78; H, 8.60; N, 5.24.
- 2-Benzyl-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonan-7-one (17c): 3-Bromoanisole (50.0 g, 0.264 mol) was dissolved in 150 mL of THF and then chilled to −78° C. n-Butyllithium (1.6M, 175 mL, 0.276 mol) was then added while maintaining the reaction temperature at −70° C. or below. After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 60 min. 1-Benzyl-4-piperidone in 150 mL of THF was then added at such a rate as to maintain the reaction temperature at −70° C. or below. The reaction was stirred at −70° C. for an additional 15 min, then the dry ice-acetone bath was removed, and the reaction was allowed to come to room temperature. Brine (400 mL) was added, and the organic layer was separated and washed with an additional 300 mL of brine. The organic layer was separated, dried (K2CO3), and concentrated in vacuo. 6N HCl (250 mL) was added to the oily residue which was then washed with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated, basified with 50% NaOH, and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc layer was separated, dried (K2CO3), and concentrated in vacuo to give 75.7 g of 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1-benzyl-4-piperidinol as an orange oil. A sample was chromatographed on silica gel using hexane/EtOAc (7:3) mixtures as the eluent to afford a yellow oil which was dissolved in ether and treated with ethereal hydrochloric acid to give 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1-benzyl-4-piperidinol hydrochloride as a white solid (mp 195-197° C.). 1H NMR (CDCl3) (free base) δ (ppm) 1.64-1.75 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.80 (m, 2H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 6.77-6.81 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.09 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.35 (m, 6H). Anal. Calcd for C19H23NO2 HCl.½H2O: C, 66.56; H, 7.06; N, 4.09. Found: C, 66.41; H, 7.31; N, 4.33.
- This material, 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1-benzyl-4-piperidinol (75.7 g, 0.25 mol), was dissolved in 400 mL of toluene, tosic acid (101.4 g, 0.53 mol) was added, and the mixture was heated under reflux in a Dean Stark trap for 90 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and water (400 mL) was added. The bottom layers were separated, made basic with 5N NaOH, and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc layer was separated, washed with brine, dried (K2CO3), and concentrated in vacuo to give 73.0 g of a red-orange oil. The oil was chromatographed on silica gel using hexane/EtOAc (4:1) mixtures as the eluent to afford 54.2 g of 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1-benzylpyridine 15c (78%) as an orange oil. A sample of the free base was converted to its hydrochloride salt (ethereal HCl) to give 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1-benzylpyridine hydrochloride as a white solid (mp 196-196° C.). 1H NMR (CDCl3) (free base) δ (ppm) 2.54-2.57 (br m, 2H), 2.68-2.73 (m, 2H), 3.14-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 6.04-6.07 (m, 1H), 6.79 (dd, 1H), 6.91-7.00 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.39 (m, 6H). Anal. Calcd. for C19H21NO.HCl.¼H2O: C, 71.46; H, 6.79; N, 4.39. Found: C, 71.63; H, 6.97; N, 4.42.
- 1,2,3,6-Tetrahydro-4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1-benzylpyridine 15c (5.0 g, 0.018 mol) was dissolved in 70 mL of THF and chilled to −78° C. in a dry ice-acetone bath. N-Butyllithium (1.6M, 12.0 mL, 0.0193 mol) was added to the reaction mixture at a rate that would maintain the temperature at −70° C. or below. After complete addition, the reaction was stirred for an additional 15 min, and the dry ice bath was replaced with a salt-ice bath. When the temperature rose to −15° C., 2-(chloromethyl)-3,5-dioxahex-1-ene 18 (3.2 g, 0.023 mol) in 40 mL of THF was added while keeping the reaction temperature at −10° C. or below and stirring for an additional 15 min at −15° C. The bath was removed, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for an additional 17 h. The reaction was quenched with 30 mL of brine, the organic layer was separated, washed with 2×100 mL of brine, separated, dried (K2CO3), and concentrated in vacuo to get 6.8 g of an orange oil. This was dissolved in 100 mL of THF, and 20 mL of 6N HCl was added. This reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was neutralized with aqueous NaHCO3, added 100 mL of EtOAc, and separated the organic layer. The organic layer was washed with 10% NaHCO3, brine, then separated, dried (K2CO3), and concentrated in vacuo to give 4.8 g of 17c as a red oil. The oil was chromatographed on silica gel using hexane/EtOAc (65:35) mixtures, as the eluent, to yield an oil which crystallized upon addition of ether to give 2.5 g (42%) of 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-benzyl-2-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonan-7-one 17c as a beige solid (mp 108-109° C.). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ (ppm) 1.88-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.49 (m, 3H), 2.75-2.99 (m, 3H), 3.49 (br m, 1H), 3.60-3.72 (q, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 6.75-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.96 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.34 (m, 6H). 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 210.4, 159.8, 150.2, 138.7, 129.5, 128.6, 128.3, 127.0, 117.0, 111.3, 111.0, 59.0, 55.2, 53.7, 53.3, 45.5, 39.2, 38.7, 38.0, 37.7. Anal. Calcd. for C22H25NO2: C, 78.77; H, 7.51; N, 4.18. Found: C, 78.76; H, 7.59; N, 4.20.
- [1] Zimmerman D M, Cantrell B E, Reel J K, Hemrick-Luecke S K, Fuller R W. J. Med. Chem. 1986;29:1517-1520.
- [2] Fuller R W. 1986.
- [3] Fries D S, de Vries J, Hazelhoff B, Horn A S. J. Med. Chem. 1986;29:424.
- [4] Barnett C J, Copley-Merriman C R, Maki J. J. Org. Chem. 1989;54:47954800.
- This Example is described in Thomas et al,Tetrahedron Letters, V. 39, 7001-7004 (1998), incorporated herein by reference.
- Chemistry
- Preparation of 3a,b began with reductive amination of 1,3-dimethyl-4-piperidone with aniline using titanium (IV) isopropoxide1 which gave 5a,b as a mixture of cis and trans diastereomers in 75% yield in a ratio of 70:30 (FIG. 17). These were separated by column chromatography and carried forward independently. These intermediates were then coupled to the butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA) ester of 4-fluorobenzoic acid to give (6a,b) in 91% and 68% yields.2 Removal of the BHA group was accomplished by transesterification with refluxing sodium methoxide in toluene/N-methylpyrrolidinone followed by saponification of the methyl ester. The zwitterionic intermediates were isolated as HCl salts and converted directly into diethylamides using benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino) phosphoniurn hexafluorophosphate (BOP a.k.a. Castro's reagent), diethylamine, and triethylamine in a tetrahydrofuran (THF) slurry to give 7a and 7b in 90% and 59% yields, respectively. Conversion to the N-allyl group was accomplished by treating 7a,b with phenyl chloroformate followed by hydrolysis of the resulting carbamates with potassium hydroxide in isopropyl alcohol. N-Alkylation with allyl bromide then gave 3a,b in 40% and 20% yield, respectively. Stereochemical assignments for 3a were made using NOESY spectra and vicinal coupling constants. Proton and carbon assignments were made using a combination of COSY and HETCORR spectra. A large coupling constant (J=13.0 Hz) between H5 and H4 indicated a diaxial arrangement between these protons showing that the 4-diarylamine is in the equatorial position. The NOESY spectrum contained a strong interaction between 5H-axial and the 3-methyl showing that the methyl group is also axial. The axial equatorial relationship between the methyl and the 4-diarylamine group established the cis relative stereochemistry for 3a.
- Biological Activity
- The binding affinities of the compounds for the μ, δ, and κ opioid receptors were determined using competitive binding assays following previously reported procedures.3 The results are listed in Table 12.
- Results and Discussion
- The radioligand binding data for the compounds 3a,b along with comparative data for BW373U86 (1) and the two enantiomers of cis-3-methylfentanyl 4 are shown in Table 12. Compound 3a (the cis isomer) is more potent and more selective for the δ opioid receptor relative to both the μ and κ opioid receptors than 3b (the trans isomer). This difference in selectivity is due to a significantly lower affinity of the trans isomer for the 6 receptor relative to the μ or κ opioid receptors. The 11.9 nM K
i values for 3a combined with the 1212 nM Ki value at the μ receptor compare favorably to the Ki values for 1 (BW373U86) particularly when one considers that 3a is racemic and does not possess all the structural features present in 1, namely the 3′-hydroxy group on the aromatic ring and a methyl group comparable to the piperazine 2-methyl group. - A comparison of the binding data of 3a to that of cis-3-methylfentanyl, particularly the more potent 3R,4S-isomer 4b, is even more striking than the comparison of 3a to 1. Compound 4b gave a 3900-fold selectivity for the μ receptor relative to the δ receptor, whereas 3a possesses a 102-fold δ selectivity relative to the μ receptor. This results from a sevenfold increase in affinity at the δ receptor (11.9 nM vs. 77.3 nM) and a >60,000-fold loss in affinity at the μ receptor. Thus changing the propanamido and phenethyl groups present in 4b to the 4-diethylcarboamidophenyl and allyl in 3a converts a highly μ-selective fentanyl analog to a δ-selective ligand. It is highly likely that the gain in δ-receptor potency is due to the change of the propanamido group of 4 to the diethylcarboxamidophenyl group in 3a. The loss is preceptor potency may be due to both changes. Regardless of the reason for the δ opioid receptor selectivity, compound 3a represents a novel ligand for the δ opioid receptor.
- (1) Mattson, R. J.; Pham, K. M.; Leuck, D. J.; Cowen, K. A. An improved method for reductive alkylation of amines using titanium(IV) isopropoxide and sodium cyanoborohydride.J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 2552-2554.
- (2) Hattori, T.; Satoh, T.; Miyano, S. Convenient synthesis of triarylamines via ester-mediated nucleophilic aromatic substitution.Synthesis 1995, 514-518.
- (3) Thomas, J. B.; Zheng, X.; Mascarella, S. W.; Rothman, R. B.; Dersch, C. M.; Partilla, J. S.; Flippen-Anderson, J. L.; George, C. F.; Cantrell, B. E.; Zimmerman, D. M.; Carroll, F. I. N-Substituted 9β-methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphans are opioid receptor pure antagonists.J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41(21), 4143-4149.
- (4) Xu, H.; Kim, C. -H.; Zhu, Y. C.; Weber, R. J.; Rice, K. C.; Rothman, R. B. (+)-cis-Methylfentanyl and its analogs bind pseudoirreversibly to the mu opioid binding site: Evidence for pseudoallostenrc modulation.Neuropharmacology 1991, 30, 455-462.
TABLE 12 Radioligand Binding Results at the μ, δ, and κ Opioid Receptors for (±)-4-[(N-Allyl-3-methyl- 4-piperidinyl)-phenylamino]N,N-diethylbenzamides Ki (nM ± SD) μ δ κ Compd [3H]DAMGOa [3H]DADLEb [3H]U69,593c μ/δ 1, 36 ± 3.4 0.91 ± 0.05 NA 40 BW373U86 3a, (±)-cis- 1212 ± 132 11.9 ± 0.9 3284 ± 299 102 isomer 3b, (±)-trans- 1589 ± 86 126 ± 5 8695 ± 978 13 isomer 4a, (3S,4R)- 30.6 ± 5.13 >1000 NA 0.03 isomerd 4b, (3R,4S)- 0.020 ± 0.005 77.3 ± 6.7 57.4 ± 6.1 0.0003 isomerd -
TABLE 13 Elemental Analyses % Calculated % Found Melting point Compound (C %, H %, N %) (C %, H %, N %) ° C. 7a 66.42, 8.36, 9.68 66.20, 8.31, 9.76 193-194 7b 65.73, 8.39, 9.58 65.69, 8.33, 9.62 199-201 3a 69.93, 8.24, 9.41 70.06, 8.30, 9.10 221-225.5 3b 69.93, 8.24, 9.41 69.66, 8.31, 9.31 177-178 - Experimental
- (±)-(3RS,4SR)-4-Phenylamino-1,3-dimethylpiperidine (5a) and (±)-(2RS,3RS)-4-phenylamino-1,3-dimethylpiperidine (5b)
- 1,3-Dimethyl-4-piperidone (11.77 g, 92.68 mmol), aniline (8.5 mL, 93.4 mmol), and titanium isopropoxide (35 mL, 117.7 mmol) were heated at 55° C. for 20 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and diluted with ethanol (100 mL). Sodium borohydride (5.0 g, 131.6 mmol) was then added, and the reduction was allowed to proceed at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of water, filtered over celite, and the filtrate was washed with ethanol. After evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure, the white residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and again filtered over celite. After evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure and chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate in hexanes (20:80), a 70:30 mixture of diastereomers (5a and 5b) (13.80 g, 73%) was obtained. Further separation by chromatography using the same system afforded first 5a (8.46 g) as a yellow oil, tentatively assigned a cis relative stereochemistry, and then 5b (2.04 g) as a white solid. 1H NMR 5a (CDCl3) δ 0.98 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz), 1.67±1.89 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.58 (m, 4H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 3.41±3.68 (m, 2H), 6.60 (dd, 2H, J=0.9 Hz, J=8.6 Hz), 6.67 (dd, 1H, J=0.9 Hz, J=7.3 Hz), 7.15 (t, 2H, J=7.3 Hz). 1H NMR 5b (CDCl3) δ 0.98 (d, 3H, J=6.3 Hz), 1.19-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.77 (t, 1H, J=11.0 Hz), 1.96-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.93 (m, 3H), 3.27-3.41 (m, 1H), 6.57 (dd, 2H, J=1.0 Hz, J=8.6 Hz), 6.66 (dd, 1H, J=1.0 Hz, J=7.3 Hz), 7.12 (t, 2H, J=7.3 Hz).
- (±)-2,6-Di-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenyl-4-[N-[(3RS,4SR)-N,3-dimethyl-4-piperidinyl) phenylamino]benzoate (6a)
- (±)-(3RS,4SR)-4-Phenylamino-1,3-dimethylpiperidine (5a) (3.41 g, 16.72 mmol) was dissolved in dry tetrahydrofuran (THF, 13 mL) and dry hexamethylphosphoramide (HMPA, 5 mL), and cooled to −42° C. A 2.5 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (7.7 mL, 19.25 mol) was slowly added, and the reaction mixture was kept at 0° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cannulated into a solution of (2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-fluorobenzoate (6.0 g, 16.76 mmol) in dry THF (13 mL) and dry HMPA (5 mL) at room temperature then heated to 45-50° C. for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled then quenched with a solution of NH4Cl and diluted with ether. The aqueous layer was made basic (pH=14) with NaOH 25%, extracted with ether (200 mL), and the ethereal layer was washed with water three times. After drying with MgSO4 and evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure, a crude brown oil was afforded. Chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate in hexanes (20:80) gave 6a (8.20 g, 91%) as a yellow solid: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.21 (d, 3H, J=6.9 Hz), 1.31 (s, 18H), 1.53-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.97 (m, 1H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.88 (m, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.06 (m, 1H), 6.58 (d, 2H, J=9.1 Hz), 6.89 (s, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.33 (d, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 7.41 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 7.97 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz).
- (±)-2,6-Di-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenyl-4-[N-{(3RS,4RS)-N,3-dimethyl-4-piperidinyl}phenylamino]benzoate (6b)
- (±)-(2RS,3RS)-4-Phenylamino-1,3-dimethylpiperidine (5b) (2.65 g, 12.99 mmol) was treated with a 2.5 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (6 mL, 15 mol) in dry THF (10 mL) and dry HMPA (4 mL) and coupled with (2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenyl)-4-fluorobenzoate (4.65 g, 12.99 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) and dry HMPA (4 mL) as before. Purification afforded 6b (4.80 g, 68%) as a yellow solid: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.07 (d, 3H, J=5.6 Hz), 1.31 (s, 18H), 1.63-2.15 (m, 5H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.85-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 6.63 (d, 2H, J=9.1 Hz), 6.88 (s, 2H), 7.19 (d, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 7.33 (t, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 7.44 (t, 2H, J=7.7 Hz), 7.95 (d, 2H, J=9.1 Hz).
- (±)-4-[N-{(3RS,4SR)-N,3-Dimethyl-4-piperidinyl}phenylamino]-N,N-diethylbenzamide (7a)
- (±)-2,6-Di-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenyl-4-[N-{(3RS,4SR)-N,3-dimethyl-4-piperidinyl}phenylamino]benzoate (6a) (6.5 g, 11.99 mmol) in toluene (150 mL) and N-methylpyrrolidinone (MP, 40 mL) was added to freshly prepared sodium methoxide (120 mmol) and heated at reflux for 4 h. After evaporation of the toluene under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in a mixture of MeOH and H2O (12:1, 150 mL) and heated at reflux for 1 h. After evaporation of the alcohol, the residue was taken up in water (400 mL) and extracted with hexanes (2×100 mL). The aqueous layer was made acidic (pH=1) with 10% HCl, saturated with NaCl, and extracted with a mixture of CH2Cl2 and THF (3:1, 5′200 mL). After drying over Na2SO4, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. This was then treated with diethylamine (1.2 mL), benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP a.k.a. Castro's reagent) (5.0 g, 11.31 mmol)), and triethylamine (4.2 mL) in THF (100 mL) for 30 min. The reaction mixture was next diluted with ether (300 mL), washed with water (2×75 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (75 mL), and dried over Na2SO4 providing a black oil following evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure. Chromatography on silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate/ethanol/triethylamine (60:40:2:2) afforded 7a (4.10 g, 90%) as a yellow liquid. This was converted to the hydrochloride salt using 1N HCl in ether. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.07-1.38 (m, 12H), 1.42±1.61 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.92 (m, 1H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 3.03±3.21 (m, 1H), 3.27±3.60 (m, 6H), 4.30±4.48 (m, 1H), 6.80 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 7.14 (d, 2H, J=7.7 Hz), 7.26 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.40 (t, 2H, J=7.4 Hz); 13C NMR (CD3OD) δ 12.2, 25.6, 30.4, 44.5, 55.7, 56.0, 60.2, 119.4, 127.4, 128.8, 130.7, 130.8, 146.1, 150.8, 173.8. Anal. (C24H34ClN3O.H2O): C, H, N.
- (±)-4-[N-{(3RS,4RS)-N,3-Dimethyl-4-piperidinyl}phenylamino]-N,N-diethylbenzamide (7b)
- (±)-2,6-Di-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenyl-4-[N-{(3RS,4RS)-N,3-dimethyl-4-piperidinyl}phenylamino]benzoate (6b) (7.38 g, 13.62 mmol) was transesterified with sodium methoxide (135 mmol) in toluene (150 mL) and NMP (40 mL) and then hydrolyzed with MeOH and H2O (12:1, 165 mL) as before. The resulting acid was dissolved in THF (200 mL) with triethylamine (5 mL), diethylamine (2 m]L), and BOP reagent (6.1 g, 13.80 mmol) as above. Work-up and chromatography on silica gel as above afforded 7b (3.02 g, 59%) as a yellow liquid. Conversion to the hydrochloride salt was done with 1 N HCl in ether. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.10-1.25 (m, 12H), 1.76-2.28 (s, 3H), 2.99 (t, 1H, J=12.5 Hz), 3.12-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.58 (m, 7H), 4.12-4.29 (m, 1H), 6.78 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.18 (d, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 7.22 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.33 (t, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.48 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz); 13C NMR (CD3OD) δ 16.1, 29.0, 35.3, 43.8, 55.3, 58.7, 60.7, 116.9, 127.3, 127.8, 129.1, 130.7, 131.2, 144.0, 152.0, 173.9. Anal. (C24H34ClN3O.25H2O): C, H, N.
- (±)-4-[N-{(3RS,4SR)-N-Allyl-3-methyl-4-piperidinyl}phenylamino]-N,N-diethylbenzamide (3a).
- (±)-4-[N-{(3RS,4SR)-N,3-Dimethyl-4-piperidinyl}phenylamino]-N,N-diethylbenzamide (7a) (4.1 g, 10.82 mmol) was treated with phenyl chloroformate (1.25 mL, 11.13 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (35 mL) at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction was quenched with water and NaOH 30% then extracted with CHCl3. After drying over Na2SO4 and evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure, the crude product was chromatographed on silica gel to give a mixture of starting material and product which was then treated with methanol (100 mL), water (60 mL), isopropanol (50 mL), and NaOH 50% (30 mL) at reflux for 5 h. The alcohols were evaporated under reduced pressure, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3/THF (3:1). After drying with Na2SO4, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. Chromatography on silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate/ethanol/triethylamine (50:50:3:3) afforded starting material (6a), (548 mg, 13%), as a yellow oil followed by the N-demethylated material (924 mg, 30%) as a yellow oil using ethanol/triethylamine (80:20) as eluent. The latter material was dissolved in ethanol (40 mL) and treated with allyl bromide (220 μL, 2.54 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.0 g, 7.24 mmol) at room temperature for 24 h. After evaporation of the ethanol under reduced pressure, the residue was chromatographed on silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate/ethanol/triethylamine (50:50:3:3) to give 3a (950 mg, 93%) as a yellow oil. This was converted to the hydrochloride as previously described: 1H NMR (δ4-MeOH) 1.18 (m, 6H), 1.23 (d, 3H, J=7.4 Hz), 1.54 (d, 1H, J=13.0 Hz), 1.81 (ddd, 1H, J=13.0 Hz, 13.0 Hz, 11.0 Hz), 2.91 (m, 1H), 3.09 (dd, 1H, J=13.0 Hz, 13.0 Hz), 3.44 (m, 7H), 3.75 (d, 1H, 7.4 Hz), 4.38 (d, 1H, J=13.5 Hz), 5.59 (d, 1H, J=9.9 Hz), 5.60 (d, 1H, J=17.0 Hz), 6.00 (ddd, 1H, J=17.0 Hz, 17.0 Hz, 7.4 Hz), 6.79 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.14 (d, 2H J=8.0 Hz), 7.23 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.28 (dd, 1H, J=8.0 Hz, 8.0 Hz), 7.40 (dd, 2H, J=8.0 Hz, 8.0 Hz). 13C NMR (d4-MeOH) 11.3, 13.2 (broad), 24.5, 29.3, 45.0 (broad), 52.4, 55.2, 56.7, 59.6, 118.3, 125.9, 126.4, 126.6, 127.7, 129.7, 145.0, 149.8, 172.7. Anal. (C26H36ClN3O..25H2O): C, H, N.
- (±)-4-[N-{(3RS,4RS)-N-Allyl-3-methyl-4-piperidinyl}phenylamino]-N,N-diethylbenzamide (3b).
- (±)-4-[N-{(3RS,4RS)-N,3-Dimethyl-4-piperidinyl}phenylamino]-N,N-diethylbenzamide (7b) (502 mg, 1.32 mmol) was treated with phenyl chloroformate (170 μL, 1.51 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (4 mL) at room temperature for 24 h. The product was worked-up as above, and chromatography on silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate/ethanol/triethylamine (75:25:1:1) afforded first the phenylcarbamate as a white solid followed by the starting material (117 mg, 23%) as a yellow liquid. The carbamate was treated with methanol (20 mL), water (15 mL), isopropanol (10 mL), and NaOH 50% (5 mL) and worked-up as above to give the crude N-demthylated intermediate as a yellow oil. This was dissolved in ethanol (5 mL) and treated with allyl bromide (100 μL, 1.15 mmol) and K2CO3 (500 mg, 3.62 mmol) for 16 h at room temperature. Work-up and purification as above afforded 3b (70 mg, 15% overall) as a yellow oil. This was converted to the hydrochloride salt as previously described: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.10-1.26 (m, 9H), 1.741.96 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.88-3.01 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.61 (m, 7H), 3.73 (d, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 4.20 (dt, 1H, J=3.4 Hz, J=11.5 Hz), 5.55 (s, 1H), 5.61 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 5.85-6.03 (m, 1H), 6.78 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.19 (d, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.23 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.34 (t, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 7.51 (t, 2H, J=7.6 Hz); 13C NMR (CD3OD) δ 11.9, 13.9, 16.2, 28.9, 35.2, 52.9, 58.3, 59.1, 60.1, 117.0, 126.8, 127.6, 127.8, 129.0, 130.7, 131.2, 144.1, 151.8, 173.9. Anal. (C26H36ClN3O.0.25H2O): C, H, N.
- Summary
- A convergent, highly stereoselective synthetic approach to N-alkyl-4β-methyl-5-phenylmorphans has been developed utilizing alkylation of the metalloenamine of N-alkyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-4-phenylpyridines with 2-(chloromethyl)-3,5-dioxahex-1-ene (Okahara's reagent) followed by Clemmensen reduction.
- Chemistry
- 4β-methyl-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphans were stereoselectively synthesized as shown in FIG. 18. Alkylation of 81 with 2-(chloromethyl)-3,5-dioxohex-1-ene (Okahara's reagent)2 followed by hydrolysis of the methoxymethyl protecting group (FIG. 18) gives enamine 12. In the alkylation reaction, the methyl group apparently exerts a powerful directing effect since enamine 12 is the sole product. Cyclization under acidic conditions occurs regiospecifically on carbon 1 (phenylmorphan numbering) due to the specific migration of the double bond during the alkylation reaction. Furthermore, since the oxidation state of carbon 7 does not change following cyclization, no hydride shift occurs and the stereogenic center of carbon 4 is preserved providing 2,4β-dimethyl-7-oxo-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)morphan (13) as a single diastereomer. Clemmensen reduction3 and deprotection of the phenol4 then completes the synthesis of 2,4β-dimethyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan (3, R═CH3) in 48% overall yield from 8. The stereochemical assignments for 3 (R═CH3) were made using NOESY spectra of a sealed degassed sample obtained with mixing time of 1.500 sec and an interpulse delay of 4 sec.5 A strong interaction between the 4-methyl group and the 9β and 3β protons established the 4β-stereochemistry.
- A requirement for significant quantities of 3 and its analogs for in vivo testing coupled with the usefulness of intermediates similar to 13 in the preparation of delta opioid receptor selective agonists,6,7 suggested improving the overall yield of the alkylation/cyclization sequence. Experimentation with a variety of conditions revealed that addition of the metalloenamine of 8 to a solution of Okahara's reagent, rather than the reverse, gave much higher yields in the metalloenamine alkylation. In combination with an extractive workup to remove formaldehyde (formed by hydrolysis of the methoxymethyl group) and cyclization conditions similar to those defined by Bonjoch et al.,8 the overall yield of the alkylation/cyclization sequence for 13 was significantly improved (75% for this work vs. 30% using the one-pot procedure).9
- In summary, this example provides a highly diastereoselective synthetic approach to the N-alkyl-4β-methyl-5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)morphan system as well as providing a higher yielding route to the useful 7-oxo-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)morphan opioid intermediates.
- 1. Wemer, J. A.; Cerbone, L. R.; Frank, S. A.; Ward, J. A.; Labib, P.; Tharp-Taylor, R. W.; Ryan, C. W.J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 587-597.
- 2. Gu, X. -P.; Nishida, N.; Ikeda, I.; Okahara, M.J. Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 3192-3196.
- 3. Bosch, J.; Bonjoch, J.Heterocycles 1980, 14, 505.
- 4. Rice, K. C.J. Med. Chem. 1977, 20, 164165.
- 5. Proton assignments for 3 were made using a combination of COSY and HETCORR spectra.1H NMR (d4-MeOH) δ 0.782 (d, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 1.85 (m, 1H), 2.02 (d, 1H, J=15 Hz), 2.08 (m, 1H), 2.24 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 2.46 (q, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.54 (d, 1H, J=15.0 Hz), 2.92 (s, 3H), 3.26 (d, 1H, J=13.6 Hz), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.86 (dd, 1H, J=13.6 Hz, 5.3 Hz), 6.67 (m, 1H), 7.15 (t, 3H, J=7.9 Hz).
- 6. Bertha, C. M.; Flippen-Anderson, J. L.; Rothman, R. B.; Porreca, F.; Davis, P.; Xu, H.; Becketts, K.; Cha, X. -Y.; Rice, K. C.J. Med. Chem. 1995, 38, 1523-1537.
- 7. Bertha, C. M.; Ellis, M.; Flippen-Anderson, J. L.; Porreca, F.; Rothman, R. B.; Davis, P.; Xu, H.; Becketts, K.; Rice, K. C.J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 2081-2086.
- 8. Bonjoch, J.; Casamitjana, N.; Gracia, J.; Bosch, J.Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 5655-5658.
- 9. General Procedure for Alkylation/Cyclization Sequence: (CAUTION: Read reference 4 and references cited therein for information on N-methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, MPTP and its derivatives.) The appropriate tetrahydropyridine derivative (1 eq) is dissolved in THF (20 mL/g) and cooled to −10° C. n-Butyl lithium (1.6M in hexanes) is slowly added until a red color is maintained followed by an addition of 1.1 eq. This material is stirred for 1 h at −10° C. and then cannulated quickly into a solution of Okahara's reagent (distilled to high purity) in THF (15 mL/g, 1.1 eq) at −78° C. followed by stirring for 2 h. The temperature should be kept below −30° C. during cannulation. This material is then poured into 2N HCl and extracted twice with ethyl ether. The aqueous layer is allowed to stand for 15 min followed by addition of 50% NaOH to pH 14 and extraction (3×) with ethyl ether. The ether is then washed (1N NaOH, H2O) and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resulting residue of product and water is dissolved in MeOH (30 mL/g) and nitrogen is bubbled through the solution for 5 min. To this is added concentrated HCl (2 mL/g), and the mixture is allowed to stand at room temperature until the reaction is complete as indicated by TLC (up to 7 days). TLC condition: SiO2; elution with 50% (80% CHCl3:18% CH3OH:2% NH4OH) in CHCl3. Detection: 5% phosphomolybdic acid in ethanol. All compounds gave satisfactory 1H and 13C NMR and mass spectra.
- This Example is described in Thomas et al,Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. 40, pp. 403-406 (1999), incorporated herein by reference.
- Obviously, numerous modifications and variations of the present invention are possible in light of the above teachings. It is therefore to be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described herein.
- All references cited above are incorporated into this application by reference in their entirety unless noted otherwise.
Claims (26)
1. A compound represented by formula (I):
wherein
R1 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group;
R2 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group; and
R3 is
each X is, independently, halogen, —OH, —OR, an all group, an aryl group, —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, —CF3, —CN or —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR, or —C(O)N(R)2;
each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkaryl group, wherein
when X is —N(R)2 the R groups may, together, form a cyclic alkyl group;
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5; and
Ra is hydrogen or an alkyl group,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein
R1 is hydrogen, a C1-4 alkyl group, a phenyl group, or an aralkyl group;
R2 is hydrogen or a C1-4 alkyl group; and
n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
3. The compound of claim 2 , wherein
R1 is hydrogen or a C1-4 alkyl group; and
n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
4. The compound of claim 3 , wherein
R1 is hydrogen or a C1-3 alkyl group;
R2 is hydrogen or a methyl group;
n is 1, 2, or 3, and at least one X is —OH, —OCH3 or —F.
5. The compound of claim 4 , wherein at least one X is —OH.
6. A compound represented by formula (II):
R1 is an alkyl group or aralkyl group; and
R3, R4, R5, R6 are each, independently, hydrogen, an alkyl group, —OH, —NHK, —NHR, —N(R)2, halogen, —OR, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, or —NHC(O)R, wherein when any of R3, R4, R5, or R6 is N(R)2 the R groups may, together, form a cyclic alkyl group;
each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group; and
R7 is hydrogen or an alkyl group,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
7. The compound of claim 6 , wherein
R1 is a C1-8 alkyl group or an aryl-C1-4 alkyl group;
at most three of R3, R4, R5, R6 are each, independently, an alkyl group, —OH, —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, halogen, —OR, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, or —NHC(O)R; and
R7 is hydrogen or a C1-8 alkyl group.
8. The compound of claim 7 , wherein
R1 is a C1-8 alkyl group or a phenyl-C1-4 alkyl group;
at most two of R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each, independently, an alkyl group, —OH, —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, halogen, —OR, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, or —NHC(O)R;
R7 is a C1-8 alkyl group.
9. The compound of claim 8 , wherein
R1 is a C1-4 alkyl group or an aryl-C1-3 alkyl group;
one of R3, R4, R5, or R6 is an alkyl group, —OH, —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, halogen, —OR, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, or —NHC(O)R; and
R7 is a C1-4 alkyl group.
10. The compound of claim 9 , wherein R3, R4, R5, and R6 are hydrogen.
11. A compound represented by formula (III):
where
R1 is an alkyl group or an aralkyl group;
R2 is hydrogen, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, ═O, —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, —NHC(O)R, —NRC(O)R, —NHC(O)R5, or —NRC(O)R5;
R3 and R4 may be hydrogen or methyl, with the proviso that when R3 is methyl then R4 is hydrogen and when R3 is hydrogen then R4 is methyl;
each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group; and
R5 is
each X is, independently, halogen, —OH, —OR, an alkyl group, an aryl group, —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2, —CF3, —CN, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR, or —C(O)N(R)2;
each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group;
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5; and
Ra is hydrogen or an alkyl group,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
12. The compound of claim 11 , wherein
R1 is a C1-8 alkyl group or an aryl-C1-4 alkyl group;
R3 is methyl; and
R4 is hydrogen.
13. The compound of claim 12 , wherein R1 is a C1-8 alkyl group or an phenyl-C1-4 alkyl group.
14. The compound of claim 11 , wherein
R1 is a C1-8 alkyl group or an aryl-C1-4 alkyl group;
R3 is hydrogen; and
R4 is methyl.
15. The compound of claim 14 , wherein R, is a C1-8 alkyl group or an phenyl-C1-4 alkyl group.
16. The compound of claim 11 , wherein R2 is ═O.
17. A compound represented by formula (IV):
where
Ra and Rb are each, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl group, or Ra and Rb, together, form a cycloalkyl group;
each X is, independently, an alkyl group;
◯ is a five- or six-membered aryl or heteroaryl group;
each Z is, independently, an alkyl group, —OH, —OR, halogen, —CF3, —CN, —NH2, —NHR, or —N(R)2, wherein when Z is —N(R)2 the R groups may, together, form a cyclic alkyl group;
each R is, independently, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an alkaryl group;
each W is an alkyl group;
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 4;
y is 0 or an integer from 1 to 5;
z is 0 or an integer from 0 to 8; and
R5 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, or aralkyl group,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
18. The compound of claim 17 , wherein
Ra and Rb are each, independently, hydrogen or a C1-8 alkyl group, or Ra and Rb, together, form a cycloalkyl group;
each X is, independently, a C1-8 alkyl group;
◯ is a five-membered heteroaryl group or a six-membered aryl or heteroaryl group;
each W is a C1-8 alkyl group;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
y is 0 an integer from 1 to 3;
z is 0 an integer from 1 to 4; and
R5 is a C1-8 alkyl group, a C3-8 alkenyl group, or an aryl-C1-4 alkyl group.
19. The compound of claim 18 , wherein ◯ is a five-membered heteroaryl group containing up to 3 heteroatoms, a six-membered aryl group or a six-membered heteroaryl group containing up to three heteroatoms.
20. The compound of claim 19 , wherein the heteroatoms are each, independently, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
21. The compound of claim 20 , wherein
Ra and Rb are each, independently, hydrogen or a C1-4 alkyl group, or Ra and Rb, together, form a cycloalkyl group;
each X is, independently, a C1-4 alkyl group;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
y is 0, 1 or 2;
z is 0 an integer from 1 to 4; and
R5 is a C1-8 alkyl group, a C3-8 alkenyl group, or a phenyl-C1-4 alkyl group.
22. The compound of claim 21 , wherein
◯ is a six-membered aryl group; and
z is an integer from 1 to 4.
23. A method of binding opioid receptors, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound of claim 1 to a mammalian subject in need thereof.
24. A method of binding opioid receptors, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound of claim 6 to a mammalian subject in need thereof.
25. A method of binding opioid receptors, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound of claim 11 to a mammalian subject in need thereof.
26. A method of binding opioid receptors, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound of claim 17 to a mammalian subject in need thereof.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/266,774 US20030158415A1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-10-09 | Novel opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US7740298P | 1998-03-10 | 1998-03-10 | |
US10790298P | 1998-11-10 | 1998-11-10 | |
US09/623,872 US6900228B1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 1999-03-09 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/099,948 US6531481B2 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-03-19 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/266,774 US20030158415A1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-10-09 | Novel opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/099,948 Continuation US6531481B2 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-03-19 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20030158415A1 true US20030158415A1 (en) | 2003-08-21 |
Family
ID=27373095
Family Applications (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/623,872 Expired - Fee Related US6900228B1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 1999-03-09 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/100,097 Expired - Fee Related US6552032B2 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-03-19 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/100,096 Expired - Fee Related US6593348B2 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-03-19 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/099,948 Expired - Fee Related US6531481B2 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-03-19 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/266,774 Abandoned US20030158415A1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-10-09 | Novel opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/742,782 Abandoned US20040146518A1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2003-12-23 | Novel opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/623,872 Expired - Fee Related US6900228B1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 1999-03-09 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/100,097 Expired - Fee Related US6552032B2 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-03-19 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/100,096 Expired - Fee Related US6593348B2 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-03-19 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US10/099,948 Expired - Fee Related US6531481B2 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2002-03-19 | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/742,782 Abandoned US20040146518A1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2003-12-23 | Novel opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (6) | US6900228B1 (en) |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030203934A1 (en) * | 1991-08-09 | 2003-10-30 | Research Triangle Institute | Cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US20060069111A1 (en) * | 2000-11-08 | 2006-03-30 | Research Triangle Insitute | Compounds and methods for promoting smoking cessation |
US20060183743A1 (en) * | 2005-02-17 | 2006-08-17 | Research Triangle Institute | Kappa opioid receptor ligands |
US20060241135A1 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2006-10-26 | Research Triangle Institute | Opiod receptor agonist compounds and their use in treatment of pain |
US20090264462A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Research Triangle Institute | Kappa opioid receptor ligands |
US9273027B2 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2016-03-01 | Research Triangle Institute | Arylpiperazine opioid receptor antagonists |
Families Citing this family (30)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6900228B1 (en) * | 1998-03-10 | 2005-05-31 | Research Triangle Institute | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US7381721B2 (en) * | 2003-03-17 | 2008-06-03 | Adolor Corporation | Substituted piperidine compounds |
US6992090B2 (en) * | 2003-06-16 | 2006-01-31 | Adolor Corporation | Substituted piperidine compounds and methods of their use |
US7087749B2 (en) * | 2004-03-11 | 2006-08-08 | Adolor Corporation | Substituted piperidine compounds and methods of their use |
US7279657B2 (en) * | 2005-06-13 | 2007-10-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Scanned rapid thermal processing with feed forward control |
US7476679B2 (en) * | 2005-07-26 | 2009-01-13 | Research Triangle Institute | Octahydroisoquinoline compounds as opioid receptor modulators |
US7678363B2 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2010-03-16 | Braincells Inc | Methods of treating psychiatric conditions comprising administration of muscarinic agents in combination with SSRIs |
EP2258359A3 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2011-04-06 | Braincells, Inc. | Neurogenesis by muscarinic receptor modulation with sabcomelin |
EP1940389A2 (en) | 2005-10-21 | 2008-07-09 | Braincells, Inc. | Modulation of neurogenesis by pde inhibition |
US7538110B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2009-05-26 | Adolor Corporation | Opioid antagonists |
US20070112017A1 (en) | 2005-10-31 | 2007-05-17 | Braincells, Inc. | Gaba receptor mediated modulation of neurogenesis |
MY145633A (en) | 2006-03-01 | 2012-03-15 | Theravance Inc | 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds as mu opioid receptor antagonists |
US20100216734A1 (en) | 2006-03-08 | 2010-08-26 | Braincells, Inc. | Modulation of neurogenesis by nootropic agents |
WO2007134136A2 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2007-11-22 | Braincells, Inc. | Neurogenesis by modulating angiotensin |
AU2007249435A1 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2007-11-22 | Braincells, Inc. | 5 HT receptor mediated neurogenesis |
EP2068872A1 (en) | 2006-09-08 | 2009-06-17 | Braincells, Inc. | Combinations containing a 4-acylaminopyridine derivative |
US20100184806A1 (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2010-07-22 | Braincells, Inc. | Modulation of neurogenesis by ppar agents |
TWI409067B (en) | 2007-02-28 | 2013-09-21 | Theravance Inc | Crystalline forms of an 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compound |
TWI423801B (en) * | 2007-08-27 | 2014-01-21 | Theravance Inc | 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octyl-2-hydroxybenzamide compounds as mu opioid receptor antagonists |
ES2390195T3 (en) * | 2007-08-27 | 2012-11-07 | Theravance, Inc. | Amidoalkyl-8-azabicyclo (3,2,1) octane compounds, as opioid receptor antagonists mu |
ES2465621T3 (en) * | 2007-08-27 | 2014-06-06 | Theravance, Inc. | Heteroaryl-8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane compounds, as antagonists of the opioid receptor mu |
ES2364686T3 (en) * | 2007-08-27 | 2011-09-12 | Theravance, Inc. | ALQUIL-8-AZABICICLO COMPOUNDS [3.2.1] OCTANO DISSTITUTED AS ANTAGONISTS OF THE OPIOID RECEIVER MU. |
US20100216805A1 (en) | 2009-02-25 | 2010-08-26 | Braincells, Inc. | Modulation of neurogenesis using d-cycloserine combinations |
US20100311782A1 (en) * | 2009-06-08 | 2010-12-09 | Adolor Corporation | Substituted piperidinylpropanoic acid compounds and methods of their use |
WO2012075232A1 (en) * | 2010-12-04 | 2012-06-07 | Trevena, Inc. | Opioid receptor ligands and methods of using and making the same |
CA2842183A1 (en) * | 2011-07-18 | 2013-01-24 | Adolor Corporation | Processes for the preparation of peripheral opioid antagonist compounds and intermediates thereto |
WO2017007695A1 (en) * | 2015-07-09 | 2017-01-12 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Mu opioid receptor modulators |
US11710543B2 (en) * | 2017-10-19 | 2023-07-25 | Schrödinger, Inc. | Methods for predicting an active set of compounds having alternative cores, and drug discovery methods involving the same |
WO2019195634A1 (en) | 2018-04-04 | 2019-10-10 | Epiodyne, Inc. | Opioid receptor modulators and products and methods related thereto |
TW202304869A (en) | 2021-04-05 | 2023-02-01 | 美商艾碧奧戴股份有限公司 | Opioid receptor modulators |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20020100009A1 (en) * | 2000-12-01 | 2002-07-25 | Sun Microsystem, Inc. | Piecewise linear cost propagation for path searching |
Family Cites Families (45)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2683715A (en) | 1954-07-13 | I-tertiary amino-i-alkyl-piperidines | ||
US2683714A (en) | 1954-07-13 | X-tertiary amino-i-alkyl-piperidines | ||
US3531487A (en) | 1966-10-25 | 1970-09-29 | Hoffmann La Roche | 4-(n,n-disubstituted-amino)-piperidines |
US3678057A (en) | 1970-03-26 | 1972-07-18 | Sandoz Ltd | 1,3,4,4A,5,9B-HEXAHYDRO-5-PHENYL-2H-INDENO{8 1,2-c{9 -PYRIDINES |
US3821231A (en) | 1971-10-15 | 1974-06-28 | E Lavrinovich | Method for preparation of n-substituted 4-aniline piperidines |
US3978222A (en) | 1972-05-17 | 1976-08-31 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Fungicidally active 3-amino-propionic acid chloroanilides |
US4419517A (en) | 1973-06-01 | 1983-12-06 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours & Co. | 4a-Aryl-trans-decahydroisoquinolines |
US4022792A (en) | 1974-12-16 | 1977-05-10 | Sterling Drug Inc. | Methylidenepiperidines |
FR2403330A1 (en) | 1977-06-16 | 1979-04-13 | Fabre Sa Pierre | NEW DERIVATIVES OF BENZOYL-2-CHLORO-4-GLYCINANILIDES SUBSTITUTES, THEIR METHOD OF PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICINAL PRODUCTS |
US4289882A (en) | 1978-04-26 | 1981-09-15 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health & Human Services | 4A-Aryl-decahydroisoquinolines |
IL59553A0 (en) | 1979-03-12 | 1980-06-30 | Lilly Co Eli | Phenylmorphans,intermediates and method for their preparation |
US4278797A (en) | 1979-03-12 | 1981-07-14 | Eli Lilly And Company | Intermediates to phenylmorphans and method of preparation thereof |
US4678791A (en) | 1985-05-07 | 1987-07-07 | Pennwalt Corporation | 6-phenyl-1,2-3,4,4a,5-6,10b-octahydrobenz(h)isoquinolines useful for treating depression |
DK623586A (en) | 1985-12-27 | 1987-06-28 | Eisai Co Ltd | PIPERIDE INGREDIENTS OR SALTS THEREOF AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THE COMPOUNDS |
CA1330560C (en) | 1986-05-21 | 1994-07-05 | Maurits E. A. Vandewalle | Di- and tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives |
US5319087A (en) | 1987-04-16 | 1994-06-07 | Eli Lilly And Company | Piperidine opioid antagonists |
EP0299549A3 (en) | 1987-07-09 | 1989-02-08 | Duphar International Research B.V | Tertiary 2,5-dialkyl-3-phenyl-piperidine derivatives having opiate-antagonistic activity |
US4816586A (en) | 1987-07-29 | 1989-03-28 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Delta opioid receptor antagonists |
USRE33495E (en) | 1987-11-02 | 1990-12-18 | Boc, Inc. | Stereoselective preparation of 3-substituted-4-anilino-piperidine compounds and derivatives |
US6123917A (en) | 1990-08-09 | 2000-09-26 | Research Triangle Institute | Method for making cocaine receptor binding ligands and intermediates therefor |
US5736123A (en) | 1990-08-09 | 1998-04-07 | Research Triangle Institute | Cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US5380848A (en) | 1990-08-09 | 1995-01-10 | Research Triangle Institute | Cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US5935953A (en) | 1990-08-09 | 1999-08-10 | Research Triangle Institute | Methods for controlling invertebrate pests using cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US5496953A (en) | 1990-08-09 | 1996-03-05 | Research Triangle Institute | Cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US5128118A (en) | 1990-08-09 | 1992-07-07 | Research Triangle Institute | Cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US5141959A (en) | 1990-09-21 | 1992-08-25 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Isoprenoid phospholipase a2 inhibitors and preparations comprising same |
US5214148A (en) | 1990-12-18 | 1993-05-25 | Glaxo Inc. | Analgesic N-phenyl-N-(3-OR1 -3-ME-4-piperidinyl)amides |
JP2985322B2 (en) | 1991-03-01 | 1999-11-29 | 東レ株式会社 | Isoquinoline derivatives and their pharmaceutical uses |
US5270328A (en) | 1991-03-29 | 1993-12-14 | Eli Lilly And Company | Peripherally selective piperidine opioid antagonists |
US5159081A (en) | 1991-03-29 | 1992-10-27 | Eli Lilly And Company | Intermediates of peripherally selective n-carbonyl-3,4,4-trisubstituted piperidine opioid antagonists |
US5250542A (en) | 1991-03-29 | 1993-10-05 | Eli Lilly And Company | Peripherally selective piperidine carboxylate opioid antagonists |
US5298499A (en) | 1991-07-05 | 1994-03-29 | Research Triangle Institute | S-2-(substituted ethylamino)ethyl phosphorothioates |
GB9202238D0 (en) | 1992-02-03 | 1992-03-18 | Wellcome Found | Compounds |
GB9221931D0 (en) | 1992-10-17 | 1992-12-02 | Wyeth John & Brother Ltd | Piperazine derivatives |
US5457208A (en) | 1993-06-21 | 1995-10-10 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Kappa opioid receptor antagonists |
US5319084A (en) | 1993-08-16 | 1994-06-07 | Research Triangle Institute | Hexahydroindenopyridine compounds having antispermatogenic activity |
US6046200A (en) | 1994-09-09 | 2000-04-04 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army | Compositions having neuroprotective and analgesic activity |
US5831095A (en) | 1995-09-26 | 1998-11-03 | Research Triangle Institute | Synthesis of 5-aminocarbonyl-5H-dibenzo a,d!cyclohepten-5,10-imine |
SE9604786D0 (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1996-12-20 | Astra Pharma Inc | New compounds |
KR20000062284A (en) | 1996-12-23 | 2000-10-25 | 블레어 큐. 퍼거슨 | Nitrogen containing heteroaromatics as factor Xa inhibitors |
WO1999033806A1 (en) | 1997-12-24 | 1999-07-08 | Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. | 4-[aryl(piperidin-4-yl)] aminobenzamides which bind to the delta-opioid receptor |
WO1999045925A1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 1999-09-16 | Research Triangle Institute | Novel opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US6900228B1 (en) * | 1998-03-10 | 2005-05-31 | Research Triangle Institute | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use |
US6436959B1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2002-08-20 | Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. | 4-[aryl(piperidin-4-yl)]aminobenzamides |
JP2003516988A (en) | 1999-12-14 | 2003-05-20 | ニューロサーチ、アクティーゼルスカブ | New heteroaryl-diazabicycloalkanes |
-
1999
- 1999-03-09 US US09/623,872 patent/US6900228B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2002
- 2002-03-19 US US10/100,097 patent/US6552032B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-03-19 US US10/100,096 patent/US6593348B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-03-19 US US10/099,948 patent/US6531481B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-10-09 US US10/266,774 patent/US20030158415A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2003
- 2003-12-23 US US10/742,782 patent/US20040146518A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20020100009A1 (en) * | 2000-12-01 | 2002-07-25 | Sun Microsystem, Inc. | Piecewise linear cost propagation for path searching |
Cited By (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050197360A1 (en) * | 1990-08-09 | 2005-09-08 | Research Triangle Institute | Cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US7291737B2 (en) | 1990-08-09 | 2007-11-06 | Research Triangle Institute | Cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US20030203934A1 (en) * | 1991-08-09 | 2003-10-30 | Research Triangle Institute | Cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US7189737B2 (en) | 1991-08-09 | 2007-03-13 | Research Triangle Institute | Cocaine receptor binding ligands |
US20060069111A1 (en) * | 2000-11-08 | 2006-03-30 | Research Triangle Insitute | Compounds and methods for promoting smoking cessation |
US7615567B2 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2009-11-10 | Research Triangle Institute | Compounds and methods for promoting smoking cessation |
US20090318490A1 (en) * | 2000-11-08 | 2009-12-24 | Research Triangle Insitute | Compounds and methods for promoting smoking cessation |
US7872023B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-01-18 | Research Triangle Institute | Kappa opioid receptor ligands |
US20060183743A1 (en) * | 2005-02-17 | 2006-08-17 | Research Triangle Institute | Kappa opioid receptor ligands |
US8173678B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2012-05-08 | Research Triangle Institute | Kappa opioid receptor ligands |
US20110065743A1 (en) * | 2005-02-17 | 2011-03-17 | Research Triangle Institute | Kappa opioid receptor ligands |
US20060241135A1 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2006-10-26 | Research Triangle Institute | Opiod receptor agonist compounds and their use in treatment of pain |
US7399762B2 (en) | 2005-04-25 | 2008-07-15 | Research Triangle Institute | Opioid receptor agonist compounds and their use in treatment of pain |
US20090264462A1 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2009-10-22 | Research Triangle Institute | Kappa opioid receptor ligands |
US8048895B2 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2011-11-01 | Research Triangle Institute | Kappa opioid receptor ligands |
US9273027B2 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2016-03-01 | Research Triangle Institute | Arylpiperazine opioid receptor antagonists |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20020193602A1 (en) | 2002-12-19 |
US6900228B1 (en) | 2005-05-31 |
US6593348B2 (en) | 2003-07-15 |
US20020165396A1 (en) | 2002-11-07 |
US20020169324A1 (en) | 2002-11-14 |
US20040146518A1 (en) | 2004-07-29 |
US6531481B2 (en) | 2003-03-11 |
US6552032B2 (en) | 2003-04-22 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6531481B2 (en) | Opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use | |
AU756983B2 (en) | Novel opiate compounds, methods of making and methods of use | |
AU780006B2 (en) | Azacyclic compounds for use in the treatment of serotonin related diseases | |
US6458812B1 (en) | Muscarinic antagonists | |
AU634992B2 (en) | N-substituted azaheterocyclic carboxylic acids | |
AU2006272622B2 (en) | Octahydroisoquinoline compounds as opioid receptor modulators | |
IE41610B1 (en) | Arylpiperidines and their preperation | |
US4806547A (en) | Isoquinoline derivatives, analgesic compounds thereof and method of treating pain | |
EP1119553A1 (en) | Monomeric and dimeric heterocycles, and therapeutic uses thereof | |
Hashimoto et al. | Probes for narcotic receptor mediated phenomena. Part 28: New opioid antagonists from enantiomeric analogues of 5-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-N-phenylethylmorphan | |
Casy et al. | Structure-activity studies of fentanyl | |
EP2183219A2 (en) | N-piperidin-4-ylmethyl-amide derivatives and their use as monoamine neurotransmitter re-uptake inhibitors | |
US20030225116A1 (en) | Substituted 4-phenyl-1-(1-phenylcyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine | |
Kim et al. | A critical structural determinant of opioid receptor interaction with phenolic 5-phenylmorphans | |
ES2370171T3 (en) | NEW OPIACE COMPOUNDS, PREPARATION PROCEDURES AND USE PROCEDURES. | |
IE55261B1 (en) | Enantiomers of substituted phenylpiperidines | |
O'Neill | Carboxylic Ester Containing Norepinephrine–Dopamine Reuptake Inhibitors (NDRIs) | |
Casy et al. | Further Analgesics Based on Piperidine and Related Azacycloalkanes: Prodines, Promedols, Profadol, and Their Derivatives |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:RESEARCH TRIANGLE INSTITUTE;REEL/FRAME:028602/0773 Effective date: 20120716 |